Introduce a new GUC recovery_prefetch. When enabled, look ahead in the
WAL and try to initiate asynchronous reading of referenced data blocks
that are not yet cached in our buffer pool. For now, this is done with
posix_fadvise(), which has several caveats. Since not all OSes have
that system call, "try" is provided so that it can be enabled where
available. Better mechanisms for asynchronous I/O are possible in later
work.
Set to "try" for now for test coverage. Default setting to be finalized
before release.
The GUC wal_decode_buffer_size limits the distance we can look ahead in
bytes of decoded data.
The existing GUC maintenance_io_concurrency is used to limit the number
of concurrent I/Os allowed, based on pessimistic heuristics used to
infer that I/Os have begun and completed. We'll also not look more than
maintenance_io_concurrency * 4 block references ahead.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Sait Talha Nisanci <Sait.Nisanci@microsoft.com> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
In the stats collector days it was hard to write tests for the stats system,
because fundamentally delivery of stats messages over UDP was not
synchronous (nor guaranteed). Now we easily can force pending stats updates to
be flushed synchronously.
This moves stats.sql into a parallel group, there isn't a reason for it to run
in isolation anymore. And it may shake out some bugs.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Just after committing 5891c7a8ed, a test running with debug_discard_caches=1
failed locally...
pgstat_drop_relation() neither checked pgstat_should_count_relation() nor
called pgstat_prep_relation_pending(). With debug_discard_caches=1
rel->pgstat_info wasn't set up, leading pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_inserted()
spuriously still returning > 0 while in the transaction dropping the table.
Zeroing out an lwlock in a normal build turns out to not trigger any alarms,
if nobody can use the lwlock at that moment (as the case here). But with
--disable-spinlocks --disable-atomics, the sema field needs to be initialized.
We probably should make sure that this fails on more common configurations as
well...
Per buildfarm animal rorqual
Allow extensions to specify a new custom resource manager (rmgr),
which allows specialized WAL. This is meant to be used by a Table
Access Method or Index Access Method.
Prior to this commit, only Generic WAL was available, which offers
support for recovery and physical replication but not logical
replication.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Bharath Rupireddy, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed1fb2e22d15d3563ae0eb610f7b61bb15999c0a.camel%40j-davis.com
With stats now being stored in shared memory, the GUC isn't needed
anymore. However, the pg_stat_tmp directory and PG_STAT_TMP_DIR define are
kept, as pg_stat_statements (and some out-of-core extensions) store data in
it.
Docs will be updated in a subsequent commit, together with the other pending
docs updates due to shared memory stats.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220330233550.eiwsbearu6xhuqwe@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously the statistics collector received statistics updates via UDP and
shared statistics data by writing them out to temporary files regularly. These
files can reach tens of megabytes and are written out up to twice a
second. This has repeatedly prevented us from adding additional useful
statistics.
Now statistics are stored in shared memory. Statistics for variable-numbered
objects are stored in a dshash hashtable (backed by dynamic shared
memory). Fixed-numbered stats are stored in plain shared memory.
The header for pgstat.c contains an overview of the architecture.
The stats collector is not needed anymore, remove it.
By utilizing the transactional statistics drop infrastructure introduced in a
prior commit statistics entries cannot "leak" anymore. Previously leaked
statistics were dropped by pgstat_vacuum_stat(), called from [auto-]vacuum. On
systems with many small relations pgstat_vacuum_stat() could be quite
expensive.
Now that replicas drop statistics entries for dropped objects, it is not
necessary anymore to reset stats when starting from a cleanly shut down
replica.
Subsequent commits will perform some further code cleanup, adapt docs and add
tests.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> (in a much earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319235115.y3wz7hpnnrshdyv6@alap3.anarazel.de
Most of pgstat uses pgstat_<verb>_<subject>() or just <verb>_<subject>(). But
not all (some introduced fairly recently by me). Rename ones that aren't
intentionally following a different scheme (e.g. AtEOXact_*).
Previously the pgstat <-> replication slots API was done with on the basis of
names. However, the upcoming move to storing stats in shared memory makes it
more convenient to use a integer as key.
Change the replication slot functions to take the slot rather than the slot
name, and expose ReplicationSlotIndex() to compute the index of an replication
slot. Special handling will be required for restarts, as the index is not
stable across restarts. For now pgstat internally still uses names.
Rename pgstat_report_replslot_{create,drop}() to
pgstat_{create,drop}_replslot() to match the functions for other kinds of
stats.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
One problematic part of the current statistics collector design is that there
is no reliable way of getting rid of statistics entries. Because of that
pgstat_vacuum_stat() (called by [auto-]vacuum) matches all stats for the
current database with the catalog contents and tries to drop now-superfluous
entries. That's quite expensive. What's worse, it doesn't work on physical
replicas, despite physical replicas collection statistics entries.
This commit introduces infrastructure to create / drop statistics entries
transactionally, together with the underlying catalog objects (functions,
relations, subscriptions). pgstat_xact.c maintains a list of stats entries
created / dropped transactionally in the current transaction. To ensure the
removal of statistics entries is durable dropped statistics entries are
included in commit / abort (and prepare) records, which also ensures that
stats entries are dropped on standbys.
Statistics entries created separately from creating the underlying catalog
object (e.g. when stats were previously lost due to an immediate restart)
are *not* WAL logged. However that can only happen outside of the transaction
creating the catalog object, so it does not lead to "leaked" statistics
entries.
For this to work, functions creating / dropping functions / relations /
subscriptions need to call into pgstat. For subscriptions this was already
done when dropping subscriptions, via pgstat_report_subscription_drop() (now
renamed to pgstat_drop_subscription()).
This commit does not actually drop stats yet, it just provides the
infrastructure. It is however a largely independent piece of infrastructure,
so committing it separately makes sense.
Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
With the introduction of PgStat_Kind PgStat_Single_Reset_Type,
PgStat_Shared_Reset_Target don't make sense anymore. Replace them with
PgStat_Kind.
Instead of having dedicated reset functions for different kinds of stats, use
two generic helper routines (one to reset all stats of a kind, one to reset
one stats entry).
A number of reset functions were named pgstat_reset_*_counter(), despite
affecting multiple counters. The generic helper routines get rid of
pgstat_reset_single_counter(), pgstat_reset_subscription_counter().
Rename pgstat_reset_slru_counter(), pgstat_reset_replslot_counter() to
pgstat_reset_slru(), pgstat_reset_replslot() respectively, and have them only
deal with a single SLRU/slot. Resetting all SLRUs/slots goes through the
generic pgstat_reset_of_kind().
Previously pg_stat_reset_replication_slot() used SearchNamedReplicationSlot()
to check if a slot exists. API wise it seems better to move that to
pgstat_replslot.c.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
Until now index_concurrently_swap() directly modified pgstat internal
datastructures. That will break with the introduction of shared memory
statistics and seems off architecturally.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Only the pgstat_send_* functions that are called from outside pgstat*.c are
renamed (the rest will go away). This is done separately from the - quite
large - shared memory statistics patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
Soon the stats collector will be no more, with statistics instead getting
stored in shared memory. There are a lot of references to the stats collector
in comments. This commit replaces most of these references with "cumulative
statistics system", with the remaining ones getting replaced as part of
subsequent commits.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
The transactional integration code is largely independent from the rest of
pgstat.c. Subsequent commits will add more related code.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
Exclusive-mode backups have been deprecated since 9.6 (when
non-exclusive backups were introduced) due to the issues
they can cause should the system crash while one is running and
generally because non-exclusive provides a much better interface.
Further, exclusive backup mode wasn't really being tested (nor was most
of the related code- like being able to log in just to stop an exclusive
backup and the bits of the state machine related to that) and having to
possibly deal with an exclusive backup and the backup_label file
existing during pg_basebackup, pg_rewind, etc, added other complexities
that we are better off without.
This patch removes the exclusive backup mode, the various special cases
for dealing with it, and greatly simplifies the online backup code and
documentation.
Authors: David Steele, Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ac7339ca-3718-3c93-929f-99e725d1172c@pgmasters.nethttps://postgr.es/m/CAHg+QDfiM+WU61tF6=nPZocMZvHDzCK47Kneyb0ZRULYzV5sKQ@mail.gmail.com
This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers
if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so.
The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter
can also be granted.
Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked
in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl.
Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect.
One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege
--- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to
PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough
for GUCs defined by extensions.
Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas,
Joshua Brindle, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are
joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of
JSON_TABLE.
PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when
dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to
achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full
PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used
for each named nested path.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in
a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the
jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures
in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose
name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
Commit f4fb45d15c tried to free memory during aggregate finalization.
This cause issues, particularly when used as a window function, so stop
doing that.
Per complaint by Jaime Casanova and diagnosis by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkfeMNYRCGhySKyg@ahch-to
The general usage pattern when we store tuples in tuplesort.c is that
we store a series of tuples one by one then either perform a sort or spill
them to disk. In the common case, there is no pfreeing of already stored
tuples. For the common case since we do not individually pfree tuples, we
have very little need for aset.c memory allocation behavior which
maintains freelists and always rounds allocation sizes up to the next
power of 2 size.
Here we conditionally use generation.c contexts for storing tuples in
tuplesort.c when the sort will never be bounded. Unfortunately, the
memory context to store tuples is already created by the time any calls
would be made to tuplesort_set_bound(), so here we add a new sort option
that allows callers to specify if they're going to need a bounded sort or
not. We'll use a standard aset.c allocator when this sort option is not
set.
Extension authors must ensure that the TUPLESORT_ALLOWBOUNDED flag is
used when calling tuplesort_begin_* for any sorts that make a call to
tuplesort_set_bound().
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf++8JJ0paw+03dk+W25tQEcNQ@mail.gmail.com
This replaces the bool flag for randomAccess. An upcoming patch requires
adding another option, so instead of breaking the API for that, then
breaking it again one day if we add more options, let's just break it
once. Any boolean options we add in the future will just make use of an
unused bit in the flags.
Any extensions making use of tuplesorts will need to update their code
to pass TUPLESORT_RANDOMACCESS instead of true for randomAccess.
TUPLESORT_NONE can be used for a set of empty options.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf%2B%2B8JJ0paw%2B03dk%2BW25tQEcNQ%40mail.gmail.com
Here we make a series of improvements to the generation memory
allocator, namely:
1. Allow generation contexts to have a minimum, initial and maximum block
sizes. The standard allocator allows this already but when the generation
context was added, it only allowed fixed-sized blocks. The problem with
fixed-sized blocks is that it's difficult to choose how large to make the
blocks. If the chosen size is too small then we'd end up with a large
number of blocks and a large number of malloc calls. If the block size is
made too large, then memory is wasted.
2. Add support for "keeper" blocks. This is a special block that is
allocated along with the context itself but is never freed. Instead,
when the last chunk in the keeper block is freed, we simply mark the block
as empty to allow new allocations to make use of it.
3. Add facility to "recycle" newly empty blocks instead of freeing them
and having to later malloc an entire new block again. We do this by
recording a single GenerationBlock which has become empty of any chunks.
When we run out of space in the current block, we check to see if there is
a "freeblock" and use that if it contains enough space for the allocation.
Author: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d987fd54-01f8-0f73-af6c-519f799a0ab8@enterprisedb.com
When dispatching sort operations to specialized variants, commit
69749243 failed to handle the case where CLUSTER-sort decides not to
initialize datum1 and isnull1. Fix by hoisting that decision up a level
and advertising whether datum1 can be relied on, in the Tuplesortstate
object.
Per reports from UBsan and Valgrind build farm animals, while running
the cluster.sql test.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsF1TeK5Fic0M%2BTSJXzbKsY6aBqJGNj6ptURuB09ZF6k_w%40mail.gmail.com
datetime.c's parsing logic has assumed that strtod() will accept
a string that looks like ".", which it does in glibc, but not on
some less-common platforms such as AIX. The result of this was
that datetime fields like "123." would be accepted on some platforms
but not others; which is a sufficiently odd case that it's not that
surprising we've heard no field complaints. But commit e39f99046
extended that assumption to new places, and happened to add a test
case that exposed the platform dependency. Remove this dependency
by special-casing situations without any digits after the decimal
point.
(Again, this is in part a pre-existing bug but I don't feel a
compulsion to back-patch.)
Also, rearrange e39f99046's changes in formatting.c to avoid a
Coverity complaint that we were copying an uninitialized field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1592893.1648969747@sss.pgh.pa.us
DecodeInterval (interval input) was careless about integer-overflow
hazards, allowing bogus results to be obtained for sufficiently
large input values. Also, since it initially converted the input
to a "struct tm", it was impossible to produce the full range of
representable interval values.
Meanwhile, EncodeInterval (interval output) and a few other
functions could suffer failures if asked to process sufficiently
large interval values, because they also relied on being able to
represent an interval in "struct tm" which is not designed to
handle that.
Fix all this stuff by introducing new struct types that are more
fit for purpose.
While this is clearly a bug fix, it's also an API break for any
code that's calling these functions directly. So back-patching
doesn't seem wise, especially in view of the lack of field
complaints.
Joe Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHff0JLYHwyBrtMx_=6wr=k2Xp+D+-X3vEhHjJYMj+mQcg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the specialized tuplesort routine inlined handling for
reverse-sort and NULLs-ordering but called the datum comparator via a
pointer in the SortSupport struct parameter. Testing has showed that we
can get a useful performance gain by specializing datum comparison for
the different representations of abbreviated keys -- signed and unsigned
64-bit integers and signed 32-bit integers. Almost all abbreviatable data
types will benefit -- the only exception for now is numeric, since the
datum comparison is more complex. The performance gain depends on data
type and input distribution, but often falls in the range of 10-20% faster.
Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, review and performance testing by me
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGKKYttZZk-JMRQSVak%3DCXSJ5fiwtirFf%3Dn%3DPAbumvn1Ww%40mail.gmail.com
This patch is extracted from a larger patch that allowed setting the
default returned value from these functions to json or jsonb. That had
problems, but this piece of it is fine. For these functions only json or
jsonb can be specified in the RETURNING clause.
Extracted from an original patch from Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
When evaluating a query with a multi-column GROUP BY clause using sort,
the cost may be heavily dependent on the order in which the keys are
compared when building the groups. Grouping does not imply any ordering,
so we're allowed to compare the keys in arbitrary order, and a Hash Agg
leverages this. But for Group Agg, we simply compared keys in the order
as specified in the query. This commit explores alternative ordering of
the keys, trying to find a cheaper one.
In principle, we might generate grouping paths for all permutations of
the keys, and leave the rest to the optimizer. But that might get very
expensive, so we try to pick only a couple interesting orderings based
on both local and global information.
When planning the grouping path, we explore statistics (number of
distinct values, cost of the comparison function) for the keys and
reorder them to minimize comparison costs. Intuitively, it may be better
to perform more expensive comparisons (for complex data types etc.)
last, because maybe the cheaper comparisons will be enough. Similarly,
the higher the cardinality of a key, the lower the probability we’ll
need to compare more keys. The patch generates and costs various
orderings, picking the cheapest ones.
The ordering of group keys may interact with other parts of the query,
some of which may not be known while planning the grouping. E.g. there
may be an explicit ORDER BY clause, or some other ordering-dependent
operation, higher up in the query, and using the same ordering may allow
using either incremental sort or even eliminate the sort entirely.
The patch generates orderings and picks those minimizing the comparison
cost (for various pathkeys), and then adds orderings that might be
useful for operations higher up in the plan (ORDER BY, etc.). Finally,
it always keeps the ordering specified in the query, on the assumption
the user might have additional insights.
This introduces a new GUC enable_group_by_reordering, so that the
optimization may be disabled if needed.
The original patch was proposed by Teodor Sigaev, and later improved and
reworked by Dmitry Dolgov. Reviews by a number of people, including me,
Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed and Zhihong Yu.
Author: Dmitry Dolgov, Teodor Sigaev, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c79e6a5-8597-74e8-0671-1c39d124c9d6%40sigaev.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcW_4o2NC0zutLkOJPsFt80megSpX_dVRo6GK9PC-Jx_Ag%40mail.gmail.com
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:
JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c)
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()
JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and
has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.
JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including
json and jsonb.
JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or
represents json or jsonb;
For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using
jsonpath expressions. The functions are:
JSON_EXISTS()
JSON_QUERY()
JSON_VALUE()
All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is
to cast the argument to jsonb.
JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb
value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an
error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must
return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for
handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have
options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Because this strategy logs changes on a block-by-block basis, it
avoids the need to checkpoint before and after the operation.
However, because it logs each changed block individually, it might
generate a lot of extra write-ahead logging if the template database
is large. Therefore, the older strategy remains available via a new
STRATEGY parameter to CREATE DATABASE, and a corresponding --strategy
option to createdb.
Somewhat controversially, this patch assembles the list of relations
to be copied to the new database by reading the pg_class relation of
the template database. Cross-database access like this isn't normally
possible, but it can be made to work here because there can't be any
connections to the database being copied, nor can it contain any
in-doubt transactions. Even so, we have to use lower-level interfaces
than normal, since the table scan and relcache interfaces will not
work for a database to which we're not connected. The advantage of
this approach is that we do not need to rely on the filesystem to
determine what ought to be copied, but instead on PostgreSQL's own
knowledge of the database structure. This avoids, for example,
copying stray files that happen to be located in the source database
directory.
Dilip Kumar, with a fairly large number of cosmetic changes by me.
Reviewed and tested by Ashutosh Sharma, Andres Freund, John Naylor,
Greg Nancarrow, Neha Sharma. Additional feedback from Bruce Momjian,
Heikki Linnakangas, Julien Rouhaud, Adam Brusselback, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Álvaro Herrera, and others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYtcdxBjLh31DLxUXHxFVMPGzrU5_T=CYCvRyFHywSBUQ@mail.gmail.com
This view is similar to pg_hba_file_rules view, except that it is
associated with the parsing of pg_ident.conf. Similarly to its cousin,
this view is useful to check via SQL if changes planned in pg_ident.conf
would work upon reload or restart, or to diagnose a previous failure.
Bumps catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are:
IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR
IS JSON WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS
These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE
KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is
true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there
are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values).
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Generally if a role is granted membership to another role with NOINHERIT
they must use SET ROLE to access the privileges of that role, however
with predefined roles the membership and privilege is conflated. Fix that
by replacing is_member_of_role with has_privs_for_role for predefined
roles. Patch does not remove is_member_of_role from acl.h, but it does
add a warning not to use that function for privilege checking. Not
backpatched based on hackers list discussion.
Author: Joshua Brindle
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Nathan Bossart, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAGB+Vh4Zv_TvKt2tv3QNS6tUM_F_9icmuj0zjywwcgVi4PAhFA@mail.gmail.com
Commit f9fd176461 effectively gave
every role ADMIN OPTION on itself. However, this appears to be
something that happened accidentally as a result of refactoring
work rather than an intentional decision. Almost a decade later,
it was discovered that this was a security vulnerability. As a
result, commit fea164a72a restricted
this implicit ADMIN OPTION privilege to be exercisable only when
the role being administered is the same as the session user and
when no security-restricted operation is in progress. That
commit also documented the existence of this implicit privilege
for what seems to be the first time.
The effect of the privilege is to allow a login role to grant
the privileges of that role, and optionally ADMIN OPTION on it,
to some other role. That's an unusual thing to do, because generally
membership is granted in roles used as groups, rather than roles
used as users. Therefore, it does not seem likely that removing
the privilege will break things for many PostgreSQL users.
However, it will make it easier to reason about the permissions
system. This is the only case where a user who has not been given any
special permission (superuser, or ADMIN OPTION on some role) can
modify role membership, so removing it makes things more consistent.
For example, if a superuser sets up role A and B and grants A to B
but no other privileges to anyone, she can now be sure that no one
else will be able to revoke that grant. Without this change, that
would have been true only if A was a non-login role.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Tom Lane and Stephen Frost.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoawdt03kbA+dNyBcNWJpRxu0f4X=69Y3+DkXXZqmwMDLg@mail.gmail.com
This has no in-core callers but will be wanted by extensions.
It's just a thin wrapper around get_query_def, so it adds little code.
Also, fix get_from_clause_item() to force insertion of an alias
for a SUBQUERY RTE item. This is irrelevant to existing uses because
RTE_SUBQUERY items made by the parser always have aliases already.
However, if one tried to use pg_get_querydef() to inspect a post-rewrite
Query, it could be an issue. In any case, get_from_clause_item already
contained logic to force alias insertion for VALUES items, so the lack
of the same for SUBQUERY is a pretty clear oversight.
In passing, replace duplicated code for selection of pretty-print
options with a common macro.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Gilles Darold, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210627041138.zklczwmu3ms4ufnk@nol
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a
source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can
conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise
require multiple PL statements. For example,
MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
DO NOTHING;
MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance
hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as
support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein.
MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful
for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference
to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there
is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL.
MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and
RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely
fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported,
but it's not clear that we'd want to support them.
Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
Per ECMAScript standard (ECMA-262, referenced by SQL standard), the
syntax forms
.1
1.
should be allowed for decimal numeric literals, but the existing
implementation rejected them.
Also, by the same standard, reject trailing junk after numeric
literals.
Note that the ECMAScript standard for numeric literals is in respects
like these slightly different from the JSON standard, which might be
the original cause for this discrepancy.
A change is that this kind of syntax is now rejected:
1.type()
This needs to be written as
(1).type()
This is correct; normal JavaScript also does not accept this syntax.
We also need to fix up the jsonpath output function for this case. We
put parentheses around numeric items if they are followed by another
path item.
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/50a828cc-0a00-7791-7883-2ed06dfb2dbb@enterprisedb.com
This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON:
JSON()
JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()
For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic
existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful
additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function
accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from.
The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys
and null values.
This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation
patch.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.
The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.
Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Commit 8c6d30f21 caused this function to fail to set *displen
in the PS_USE_NONE code path. If the variable's previous value
had been negative, that'd lead to a memory clobber at some call
sites. We'd managed not to notice due to very thin test coverage
of such configurations, but this appears to explain buildfarm member
lorikeet's recent struggles.
Credit to Andrew Dunstan for spotting the problem. Back-patch
to v13 where the bug was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/136102.1648320427@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows specifying an optional column list when adding a table to
logical replication. The column list may be specified after the table
name, enclosed in parentheses. Columns not included in this list are not
sent to the subscriber, allowing the schema on the subscriber to be a
subset of the publisher schema.
For UPDATE/DELETE publications, the column list needs to cover all
REPLICA IDENTITY columns. For INSERT publications, the column list is
arbitrary and may omit some REPLICA IDENTITY columns. Furthermore, if
the table uses REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, column list is not allowed.
The column list can contain only simple column references. Complex
expressions, function calls etc. are not allowed. This restriction could
be relaxed in the future.
During the initial table synchronization, only columns included in the
column list are copied to the subscriber. If the subscription has
several publications, containing the same table with different column
lists, columns specified in any of the lists will be copied.
This means all columns are replicated if the table has no column list
at all (which is treated as column list with all columns), or when of
the publications is defined as FOR ALL TABLES (possibly IN SCHEMA that
matches the schema of the table).
For partitioned tables, publish_via_partition_root determines whether
the column list for the root or the leaf relation will be used. If the
parameter is 'false' (the default), the list defined for the leaf
relation is used. Otherwise, the column list for the root partition
will be used.
Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> now display any column lists.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Rahila Syed
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Alvaro Herrera, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed,
Amit Kapila, Hou zj, Peter Smith, Wang wei, Tang, Shi yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28vddB_NFdRVpuyRBJEBWjz4BSyTB=_ektNRH8NJ1jf95g@mail.gmail.com
Move DLSUFFIX from makefiles into header files for all platforms.
Move the DLSUFFIX assignment from src/makefiles/ to src/templates/,
have configure read it, and then substitute it into Makefile.global
and pg_config.h. This avoids the need for all makefile rules that
need it to locally set CPPFLAGS. It also resolves an inconsistent
setup between the two Windows build systems.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2f9861fb-8969-9005-7518-b8e60f2bead9@enterprisedb.com
This commit adds support for decoding of sequences to the built-in
replication (the infrastructure was added by commit 0da92dc530).
The syntax and behavior mostly mimics handling of tables, i.e. a
publication may be defined as FOR ALL SEQUENCES (replicating all
sequences in a database), FOR ALL SEQUENCES IN SCHEMA (replicating
all sequences in a particular schema) or individual sequences.
To publish sequence modifications, the publication has to include
'sequence' action. The protocol is extended with a new message,
describing sequence increments.
A new system view pg_publication_sequences lists all the sequences
added to a publication, both directly and indirectly. Various psql
commands (\d and \dRp) are improved to also display publications
including a given sequence, or sequences included in a publication.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Cary Huang
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Hannu Krosing, Andres
Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d045f3c2-6cfb-06d3-5540-e63c320df8bc@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1710ed7e13b.cd7177461430746.3372264562543607781@highgo.ca
Up to now, the planner estimated the size of a recursive query's
worktable as 10 times the size of the non-recursive term. It's hard
to see how to do significantly better than that automatically, but
we can give users control over the multiplier to allow tuning for
specific use-cases. The default behavior remains the same.
Simon Riggs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-EuaLm4H3g0+BSTYHEGxJj3Kht0R+rJ8vT57Dejnh=_nA@mail.gmail.com
hba.c is growing big, and more contents are planned for it. In order to
prepare for this future work, this commit moves all the code related to
the system function processing the contents of pg_hba.conf,
pg_hba_file_rules() to a new file called hbafuncs.c, which will be used
as the location for the SQL portion of the authentication file parsing.
While on it, HbaToken, the structure holding a string token lexed from a
configuration file related to authentication, is renamed to a more
generic AuthToken, as it gets used not only for pg_hba.conf, but also
for pg_ident.conf. TokenizedLine is now named TokenizedAuthLine.
The size of hba.c is reduced by ~12%.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.
The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.
Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup. Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu and
Himanshu Upadhyaya.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
A security invoker view checks permissions for accessing its
underlying base relations using the privileges of the user of the
view, rather than the privileges of the view owner. Additionally, if
any of the base relations are tables with RLS enabled, the policies of
the user of the view are applied, rather than those of the view owner.
This allows views to be defined without giving away additional
privileges on the underlying base relations, and matches a similar
feature available in other database systems.
It also allows views to operate more naturally with RLS, without
affecting the assignments of policies to users.
Christoph Heiss, with some additional hacking by me. Reviewed by
Laurenz Albe and Wolfgang Walther.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b66dd6d6-ad3e-c6f2-8b90-47be773da240%40cybertec.at
The planner needs to treat GroupingFunc like Aggref for many purposes,
in particular with respect to processing of the argument expressions,
which are not to be evaluated at runtime. A few places hadn't gotten
that memo, notably including subselect.c's processing of outer-level
aggregates. This resulted in assertion failures or wrong plans for
cases in which a GROUPING() construct references an outer aggregation
level.
Also fix missing special cases for GroupingFunc in cost_qual_eval
(resulting in wrong cost estimates for GROUPING(), although it's
not clear that that would affect plan shapes in practice) and in
ruleutils.c (resulting in excess parentheses in pretty-print mode).
Per bug #17088 from Yaoguang Chen. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Richard Guo, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17088-e33882b387de7f5c@postgresql.org
pgstat.c is very long, and it's hard to find an order that makes sense and is
likely to be maintained over time. Splitting the different pieces into
separate files makes that a lot easier.
With a few exceptions, this commit just moves code around. Those exceptions
are:
- adding file headers for new files
- removing 'static' from functions
- adapting pgstat_assert_is_up() to work across TUs
- minor comment adjustments
git diff --color-moved=dimmed-zebra is very helpful separating code movement
from code changes.
The next commit in this series will reorder pgstat.[ch] contents to be a bit
more coherent.
Earlier revisions of this patch had "global" statistics (archiver, bgwriter,
checkpointer, replication slots, SLRU, WAL) in one file, because each seemed
small enough. However later commits will increase their size and their
aggregate size is not insubstantial. It also just seems easier to split each
type of statistic into its own file.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
When an update on a partitioned table referenced in foreign key
constraints causes a row to move from one partition to another,
the fact that the move is implemented as a delete followed by an insert
on the target partition causes the foreign key triggers to have
surprising behavior. For example, a given foreign key's delete trigger
which implements the ON DELETE CASCADE clause of that key will delete
any referencing rows when triggered for that internal DELETE, although
it should not, because the referenced row is simply being moved from one
partition of the referenced root partitioned table into another, not
being deleted from it.
This commit teaches trigger.c to skip queuing such delete trigger events
on the leaf partitions in favor of an UPDATE event fired on the root
target relation. Doing so is sensible because both the old and the new
tuple "logically" belong to the root relation.
The after trigger event queuing interface now allows passing the source
and the target partitions of a particular cross-partition update when
registering the update event for the root partitioned table. Along with
the two ctids of the old and the new tuple, the after trigger event now
also stores the OIDs of those partitions. The tuples fetched from the
source and the target partitions are converted into the root table
format, if necessary, before they are passed to the trigger function.
The implementation currently has a limitation that only the foreign keys
pointing into the query's target relation are considered, not those of
its sub-partitioned partitions. That seems like a reasonable
limitation, because it sounds rare to have distinct foreign keys
pointing to sub-partitioned partitions instead of to the root table.
This misbehavior stems from commit f56f8f8da6 (which added support for
foreign keys to reference partitioned tables) not paying sufficient
attention to commit 2f17844104 (which had introduced cross-partition
updates a year earlier). Even though the former commit goes back to
Postgres 12, we're not backpatching this fix at this time for fear of
destabilizing things too much, and because there are a few ABI breaks in
it that we'd have to work around in older branches. It also depends on
commit f4566345cf, which had its own share of backpatchability issues
as well.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Eduard Català <eduard.catala@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFvkBCmfwkQX_yBqv2Wz8ugUGiBDxum8=WvVbfU1TXaNg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAL54xNZsLwEM1XCk5yW9EqaRzsZYHuWsHQkA2L5MOSKXAwviCQ@mail.gmail.com
createdb() didn't check for collation attributes validity, which has
to be done explicitly on ICU < 54. It also forgot to close the ICU collator
opened during the check which leaks some memory.
To fix both, add a new check_icu_locale() that does all the appropriate
verification and close the ICU collator.
initdb also had some partial check for ICU < 54. To have consistent error
reporting across major ICU versions, and get rid of the need to include ucol.h,
remove the partial check there. The backend will report an error if needed
during the post-boostrap iniitialization phase.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <julien.rouhaud@free.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220319041459.qqqiqh335sga5ezj@jrouhaud
The output of table_to_xmlschema() and allied functions includes
a regex describing valid values for these types ... but the regex
was itself invalid, as it failed to escape a literal "+" sign.
Report and fix by Renan Soares Lopes. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7f6fabaa-3f8f-49ab-89ca-59fbfe633105@me.com
Restructure things so that the functions which update the global
variables shared_map and local_map are separate from the functions
which just read and write relation map files without touching any
global variables.
In the new structure of things, write_relmap_file() writes a relmap
file but no longer performs global variable updates. A symmetric
function read_relmap_file() that just reads a file without changing
any global variables is added, and load_relmap_file(), which does
change the global variables, uses it as a subroutine.
Because write_relmap_file() no longer updates shared_map and
local_map, that logic is moved to perform_relmap_update(). However,
no similar logic is added to relmap_redo() even though it also calls
write_relmap_file(). That's because recovery must not rely on the
contents of the relation map, and therefore there is no need to
initialize it. In fact, doing so seems like a mistake, because we
might then manage to rely on the in-memory map where we shouldn't.
Patch by me, based on earlier work by Dilip Kumar. Reviewed by
Ashutosh Sharma.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobQLgrt4AXsc0ru7aFFkzv=9fS-Q_yO69=k9WY67RCctg@mail.gmail.com
This adds the option to use ICU as the default locale provider for
either the whole cluster or a database. New options for initdb,
createdb, and CREATE DATABASE are used to select this.
Since some (legacy) code still uses the libc locale facilities
directly, we still need to set the libc global locale settings even if
ICU is otherwise selected. So pg_database now has three
locale-related fields: the existing datcollate and datctype, which are
always set, and a new daticulocale, which is only set if ICU is
selected. A similar change is made in pg_collation for consistency,
but in that case, only the libc-related fields or the ICU-related
field is set, never both.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5e756dd6-0e91-d778-96fd-b1bcb06c161a%402ndquadrant.com
Using this system function with an in-place tablespace (created when
allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled by specifying an empty string as
location) caused a failure when using readlink(), as the tablespace is,
in this case, not a symbolic link in pg_tblspc/ but a directory.
Rather than getting a failure, the commit changes
pg_tablespace_location() so as a relative path to the data directory is
returned for in-place tablespaces, to make a difference between
tablespaces created when allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled or not.
Getting a path rather than an empty string that would match the CREATE
TABLESPACE command in this case is more useful for tests that would like
to rely on this function.
While on it, a regression test is added for this case. This is simple
to add in the main regression test suite thanks to regexp_replace() to
mask the part of the tablespace location dependent on its OID.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YiG1RleON1WBcLnX@paquier.xyz
If we run out of space in the checkpointer sync request queue (which is
hopefully rare on real systems, but common with very small buffer pool),
we wait for it to drain. While waiting, we should report that as a wait
event so that users know what is going on, and also handle postmaster
death, since otherwise the loop might never terminate if the
checkpointer has exited.
Back-patch to 12. Although the problem exists in earlier releases too,
the code is structured differently before 12 so I haven't gone any
further for now, in the absence of field complaints.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
The checkpointer shouldn't ignore its latch. Other backends may be
waiting for it to drain the request queue. Hopefully real systems don't
have a full queue often, but the condition is reached easily when
shared_buffers is small.
This involves defining a new wait event, which will appear in the
pg_stat_activity view often due to spread checkpoints.
Back-patch only to 14. Even though the problem exists in earlier
branches too, it's hard to hit there. In 14 we stopped using signal
handlers for latches on Linux, *BSD and macOS, which were previously
hiding this problem by interrupting the sleep (though not reliably, as
the signal could arrive before the sleep begins; precisely the problem
latches address).
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
The upper case versions "OF", "TZH", and "TZM" are already supported,
and all other format codes that are supported in upper case are also
supported in lower case, so we should support these as well for
consistency.
Nitin Jadhav, with a tiny cosmetic change by me. Reviewed by Suraj
Kharage and David Zhang.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWZ-oZyKd75+8D=VJ0sAoSwtdXWLP-MAWD4D8R1Dgandzw@mail.gmail.com
Commit 8b069ef5d changed this function to look at pg_constraint.conindid
rather than searching pg_depend. That was a good performance improvement,
but it failed to preserve the exact semantics. The old code would only
return an index that was "owned by" (internally dependent on) the
specified constraint, whereas the new code will also return indexes that
are just referenced by foreign key constraints. This confuses ALTER
TABLE, which was implicitly expecting the previous semantics, into
failing with errors like
ERROR: relation 146621 has multiple clustered indexes
or
ERROR: "pk_attbl" is not an index for table "atref"
We can fix this without reverting the performance improvement by adding
a contype check in get_constraint_index(). Another way could be to
make ALTER TABLE check it, but I'm worried that extension code could
also have subtle dependencies on the old semantics.
Tom Lane and Japin Li, per bug #17409 from Holly Roberts.
Back-patch to v14 where the error crept in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17409-52871dda8b5741cb@postgresql.org
wal_compression gains a new value, "zstd", to allow the compression of
full-page images using the compression method of the same name.
Compression is done using the default level recommended by the library,
as of ZSTD_CLEVEL_DEFAULT = 3. Some benchmarking has shown that it
could make sense to use a level lower for the FPI compression, like 1 or
2, as the compression rate did not change much with a bit less CPU
consumed, but any tests done would only cover few scenarios so it is
hard to come to a clear conclusion. Anyway, there is no reason to not
use the default level instead, which is the level recommended by the
library so it should be fine for most cases.
zstd outclasses easily pglz, and is better than LZ4 where one wants to
have more compression at the cost of extra CPU but both are good enough
in their own scenarios, so the choice between one or the other of these
comes to a study of the workload patterns and the schema involved,
mainly.
This commit relies heavily on 4035cd5, that reshaped the code creating
and restoring full-page writes to be aware of the compression type,
making this integration straight-forward.
This patch borrows some early work from Andrey Borodin, though the patch
got a complete rewrite.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220222231948.GJ9008@telsasoft.com
Set-returning functions that use the Materialize mode, creating a
tuplestore to include all the tuples returned in a set rather than doing
so in multiple calls, use roughly the same set of steps to prepare
ReturnSetInfo for this job:
- Check if ReturnSetInfo supports returning a tuplestore and if the
materialize mode is enabled.
- Create a tuplestore for all the tuples part of the returned set in the
per-query memory context, stored in ReturnSetInfo->setResult.
- Build a tuple descriptor mostly from get_call_result_type(), then
stored in ReturnSetInfo->setDesc. Note that there are some cases where
the SRF's tuple descriptor has to be the one specified by the function
caller.
This refactoring is done so as there are (well, should be) no behavior
changes in any of the in-core functions refactored, and the centralized
function that checks and sets up the function's ReturnSetInfo can be
controlled with a set of bits32 options. Two of them prove to be
necessary now:
- SRF_SINGLE_USE_EXPECTED to use expectedDesc as tuple descriptor, as
expected by the function's caller.
- SRF_SINGLE_BLESS to validate the tuple descriptor for the SRF.
The same initialization pattern is simplified in 28 places per my
count as of src/backend/, shaving up to ~900 lines of code. These
mostly come from the removal of the per-query initializations and the
sanity checks now grouped in a single location. There are more
locations that could be simplified in contrib/, that are left for a
follow-up cleanup.
fcc2817, 07daca5 and d61a361 have prepared the areas of the code related
to this change, to ease this refactoring.
Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
There are three parallel ways to call parse/analyze: with fixed
parameters, with variable parameters, and by supplying your own parser
callback. Some of the involved functions were confusingly named and
made this API structure more confusing. This patch renames some
functions to make this clearer:
parse_analyze() -> parse_analyze_fixedparams()
pg_analyze_and_rewrite() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_fixedparams()
(Otherwise one might think this variant doesn't accept parameters, but
in fact all three ways accept parameters.)
pg_analyze_and_rewrite_params() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_withcb()
(Before, and also when considering pg_analyze_and_rewrite(), one might
think this is the only way to pass parameters. Moreover, the parser
callback doesn't necessarily need to parse only parameters, it's just
one of the things it could do.)
parse_fixed_parameters() -> setup_parse_fixed_parameters()
parse_variable_parameters() -> setup_parse_variable_parameters()
(These functions don't actually do any parsing, they just set up
callbacks to use during parsing later.)
This patch also adds some const decorations to the fixed-parameters
API, so the distinction from the variable-parameters API is more
clear.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c67ce276-52b4-0239-dc0e-39875bf81840@enterprisedb.com
This code seems to have been written on the assumption that
"unsigned long" is 32 bits; or at any rate it ignored the
possibility of conversion overflow. Rewrite, borrowing some
logic from oidin().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3441768.1646343914@sss.pgh.pa.us
Most of these are cases where we could call memcpy() or other libc
functions with a NULL pointer and a zero count, which is forbidden
by POSIX even though every production version of libc allows it.
We've fixed such things before in a piecemeal way, but apparently
never made an effort to try to get them all. I don't claim that
this patch does so either, but it gets every failure I observe in
check-world, using clang 12.0.1 on current RHEL8.
numeric.c has a different issue that the sanitizer doesn't like:
"ln(-1.0)" will compute log10(0) and then try to assign the
resulting -Inf to an integer variable. We don't actually use the
result in such a case, so there's no live bug.
Back-patch to all supported branches, with the idea that we might
start running a buildfarm member that tests this case. This includes
back-patching c1132aae3 (Check the size in COPY_POINTER_FIELD),
which previously silenced some of these issues in copyfuncs.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vT9r0DSsAOw9OXVJFxLENoVS_68kJ5x0p44atoYH+H4dg@mail.gmail.com
It was decided (refer to the Discussion link below) that the stats
collector is not an appropriate place to store the error information of
subscription workers.
This patch changes the pg_stat_subscription_workers view (introduced by
commit 8d74fc96db) so that it stores only statistics counters:
apply_error_count and sync_error_count, and has one entry for
each subscription. The removed error information such as error-XID and
the error message would be stored in another way in the future which is
more reliable and persistent.
After removing these error details, there is no longer any relation
information, so the subscription statistics are now a cluster-wide
statistics.
The patch also changes the view name to pg_stat_subscription_stats since
the word "worker" is an implementation detail that we use one worker for
one tablesync and one apply.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, based on suggestions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Haiying Tang, Takamichi Osumi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220125063131.4cmvsxbz2tdg6g65@alap3.anarazel.de
justify_interval, justify_hours, and justify_days didn't check for
overflow when promoting hours to days or days to months; but that's
possible when the upper field's value is already large. Detect and
report any such overflow.
Also, we can avoid unnecessary overflow in some cases in justify_interval
by pre-justifying the days field. (Thanks to Nathan Bossart for this
idea.)
Joe Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHeNqsJ2xYFbPUf_8nNQUiJqkag04NW6aBQQ0dbZsxfWHA@mail.gmail.com
SPI_commit previously left it up to the caller to recover from any error
occurring during commit. Since that's complicated and requires use of
low-level xact.c facilities, it's not too surprising that no caller got
it right. Let's move the responsibility for cleanup into spi.c. Doing
that requires redefining SPI_commit as starting a new transaction, so
that it becomes equivalent to SPI_commit_and_chain except that you get
default transaction characteristics instead of preserving the prior
transaction's characteristics. We can make this pretty transparent
API-wise by redefining SPI_start_transaction() as a no-op. Callers
that expect to do something in between might be surprised, but
available evidence is that no callers do so.
Having made that API redefinition, we can fix this mess by having
SPI_commit[_and_chain] trap errors and start a new, clean transaction
before re-throwing the error. Likewise for SPI_rollback[_and_chain].
Some cleanup is also needed in AtEOXact_SPI, which was nowhere near
smart enough to deal with SPI contexts nested inside a committing
context.
While plperl and pltcl need no changes beyond removing their now-useless
SPI_start_transaction() calls, plpython needs some more work because it
hadn't gotten the memo about catching commit/rollback errors in the
first place. Such an error resulted in longjmp'ing out of the Python
interpreter, which leaks Python stack entries at present and is reported
to crash Python 3.11 altogether. Add the missing logic to catch such
errors and convert them into Python exceptions.
We are probably going to have to back-patch this once Python 3.11 ships,
but it's a sufficiently basic change that I'm a bit nervous about doing
so immediately. Let's let it bake awhile in HEAD first.
Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3375ffd8-d71c-2565-e348-a597d6e739e3@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17416-ed8fe5d7213d6c25@postgresql.org
Formerly div_var() had "fast path" short division code that was
significantly faster when the divisor was just one base-NBASE digit,
but otherwise used long division.
This commit adds a new function div_var_int() that divides by an
arbitrary 32-bit integer, using the fast short division algorithm, and
updates both div_var() and div_var_fast() to use it for one and two
digit divisors. In the case of div_var(), this is slightly faster in
the one-digit case, because it avoids some digit array copying, and is
much faster in the two-digit case where it replaces long division. For
div_var_fast(), it is much faster in both cases because the main
div_var_fast() algorithm is optimised for larger inputs.
Additionally, optimise exp() and ln() by using div_var_int(), allowing
a NumericVar to be replaced by an int in a couple of places, most
notably in the Taylor series code. This produces a significant speedup
of exp(), ln() and the numeric_big regression test.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
In the standard numeric division algorithm, the inner loop multiplies
the divisor by the next quotient digit and subtracts that from the
working dividend. As suggested by the original code comment, the
separate "carry" and "borrow" variables (from the multiplication and
subtraction steps respectively) can be folded together into a single
variable. Doing so significantly improves performance, as well as
simplifying the code.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
This loop is basically the same as the inner loop of mul_var(), which
was auto-vectorized in commit 8870917623, but the compiler will only
consider auto-vectorizing the div_var_fast() loop if the assignment
target div[qi + i] is replaced by div_qi[i], where div_qi = &div[qi].
Additionally, since the compiler doesn't know that qdigit is
guaranteed to fit in a 16-bit NumericDigit, cast it to NumericDigit
before multiplying to make the resulting auto-vectorized code more
efficient (avoiding unnecessary multiplication of the high 16 bits).
While at it, per suggestion from Tom Lane, change var1digit in
mul_var() to be a NumericDigit rather than an int for the same
reason. This actually makes no difference with modern gcc, but it
might help other compilers generate more efficient assembly.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
See also afdeff1052. Failures after that commit provided a few more hints,
but not yet enough to understand what's going on.
In 019_replslot_limit.pl shut down nodes with fast instead of immediate mode
if we observe the failure mode. That should tell us whether the failures we're
observing are just a timing issue under high load. PGCTLTIMEOUT should prevent
buildfarm animals from hanging endlessly.
Also adds a bit more logging to replication slot drop and ShutdownPostgres().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220225192941.hqnvefgdzaro6gzg@alap3.anarazel.de
This makes more consistent the SRF-related checks in the area of
PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl, PL/Tcl, pageinspect and some of the JSON worker
functions, making it easier to grep for the same error patterns through
the code, reducing a bit the translation work.
It is worth noting that each_worker_jsonb()/each_worker() in jsonfuncs.c
and pageinspect's brin_page_items() were doing a check on expectedDesc
that is not required as they fetch their tuple descriptor directly from
get_call_result_type(). This looks like a set of copy-paste errors that
have spread over the years.
This commit is a continuation of the changes begun in 07daca5, for any
remaining code paths on sight. Like fcc2817, this makes the code more
consistent, easing the integration of a larger patch that will refactor
the way tuplestores are created and checked in a good portion of the
set-returning functions present in core.
I have worked my way through the changes of this patch by myself, and
Ranier has proposed the same changes in a different thread in parallel,
though there were some inconsistencies related in expectedDesc in what
was proposed by him.
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApm=AFuJjEHLBjBcJbxcw4pBMwg2sHwXyCXYcbBOj3hpg@mail.gmail.com
The following set-returning functions have their logic simplified, to be
more consistent with other in-core areas:
- pg_prepared_statement()'s tuple descriptor is now created with
get_call_result_type() instead of being created from scratch, saving
from some duplication with pg_proc.dat.
- show_all_file_settings(), similarly, now uses get_call_result_type()
to build its tuple descriptor instead of creating it from scratch.
- pg_options_to_table() made use of a static routine called only once.
This commit removes this internal routine to make the function easier to
follow.
- pg_config() was using a unique logic style, doing checks on the tuple
descriptor passed down in expectedDesc, but it has no need to do so.
This switches the function to use a tuplestore with a tuple descriptor
retrieved from get_call_result_type(), instead.
This simplifies an upcoming patch aimed at refactoring the way
tuplestores are created and checked in set-returning functions, this
change making sense as its own independent cleanup by shaving some
code.
Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 3db826bd5 intended that valid_custom_variable_name's
rules for valid identifiers match those of scan.l. However,
I (tgl) had some kind of brain fade and put "_" in the wrong
list.
Fix by Japin Li, per bug #17415 from Daniel Polski.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17415-ebdb683d7e09a51c@postgresql.org
This feature adds row filtering for publication tables. When a publication
is defined or modified, an optional WHERE clause can be specified. Rows
that don't satisfy this WHERE clause will be filtered out. This allows a
set of tables to be partially replicated. The row filter is per table. A
new row filter can be added simply by specifying a WHERE clause after the
table name. The WHERE clause must be enclosed by parentheses.
The row filter WHERE clause for a table added to a publication that
publishes UPDATE and/or DELETE operations must contain only columns that
are covered by REPLICA IDENTITY. The row filter WHERE clause for a table
added to a publication that publishes INSERT can use any column. If the
row filter evaluates to NULL, it is regarded as "false". The WHERE clause
only allows simple expressions that don't have user-defined functions,
user-defined operators, user-defined types, user-defined collations,
non-immutable built-in functions, or references to system columns. These
restrictions could be addressed in the future.
If you choose to do the initial table synchronization, only data that
satisfies the row filters is copied to the subscriber. If the subscription
has several publications in which a table has been published with
different WHERE clauses, rows that satisfy ANY of the expressions will be
copied. If a subscriber is a pre-15 version, the initial table
synchronization won't use row filters even if they are defined in the
publisher.
The row filters are applied before publishing the changes. If the
subscription has several publications in which the same table has been
published with different filters (for the same publish operation), those
expressions get OR'ed together so that rows satisfying any of the
expressions will be replicated.
This means all the other filters become redundant if (a) one of the
publications have no filter at all, (b) one of the publications was
created using FOR ALL TABLES, (c) one of the publications was created
using FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA and the table belongs to that same schema.
If your publication contains a partitioned table, the publication
parameter publish_via_partition_root determines if it uses the partition's
row filter (if the parameter is false, the default) or the root
partitioned table's row filter.
Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> will display any row filters.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Euler Taveira, Peter Smith, Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Haiying Tang, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Wei Wang
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAHE3wggb715X%2BmK_DitLXF25B%3DjE6xyNCH4YOwM860JR7HarGQ%40mail.gmail.com
"regress" is a new mode added to compute_query_id aimed at facilitating
regression testing when a module computing query IDs is loaded into the
backend, like pg_stat_statements. It works the same way as "auto",
meaning that query IDs are computed if a module enables it, except that
query IDs are hidden in EXPLAIN outputs to ensure regression output
stability.
Like any GUCs of the kind (force_parallel_mode, etc.), this new
configuration can be added to an instance's postgresql.conf, or just
passed down with PGOPTIONS at command level. compute_query_id uses an
enum for its set of option values, meaning that this addition ensures
ABI compatibility.
Using this new configuration mode allows installcheck-world to pass when
running the tests on an instance with pg_stat_statements enabled,
stabilizing the test output while checking the paths doing query ID
computations.
Reported-by: Anton Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1634283396.372373993@f75.i.mail.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgHlxgc/OimuPYhH@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 14
Commit 75d22069e tried to throw a warning for setting a custom GUC whose
prefix belongs to a previously-loaded extension, if there is no such GUC
defined by the extension. But that caused unstable behavior with
parallel workers, because workers don't necessarily load extensions and
GUCs in the same order their leader did. To make that work safely, we
have to completely disallow the case. We now actually remove any such
GUCs at the time of initial extension load, and then throw an error not
just a warning if you try to add one later. While this might create a
compatibility issue for a few people, the improvement in error-detection
capability seems worth it; it's hard to believe that there's any good
use-case for choosing such GUC names.
This also un-reverts 5609cc01c (Rename EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders() to
MarkGUCPrefixReserved()), since that function's old name is now even
more of a misnomer.
Florin Irion and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1902182.1640711215@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit <FIXME> fixed the bug that RemoveTempRelationsCallback() did not
push/register a snapshot. That only went unnoticed because often a valid
catalog snapshot exists and is returned by GetOldestSnapshot(). But due to
invalidation processing that is not reliable.
Thus assert in init_toast_snapshot() that there is a registered or active
snapshot, using the new HaveRegisteredOrActiveSnapshot().
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220219180002.6tubjq7iw7m52bgd@alap3.anarazel.de
There were a number of places in the code that used bespoke bit-twiddling
expressions to do bitwise rotation. While we've had pg_rotate_right32()
for a while now, we hadn't gotten around to standardizing on that. Do so
now. Since many potential call sites look more natural with the "left"
equivalent, add that function too.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Yugo Nagata
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsH7c1LC0CGZ0ADCBXLHU5-%3DKNXx-r7tHYPAW51b2HK4Qw%40mail.gmail.com
The execution paths of those functions have been using a set of checks
inconsistent with any other SRF function:
- string_to_table() missed a check on expectedDesc, the tuple descriptor
expected by the caller, that should never be NULL. Introduced in
66f1630.
- pg_config() should check for a ReturnSetInfo, and expectedDesc cannot
be NULL. Its error messages were also inconsistent. Introduced in
a5c43b8.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, in preparation for a
larger patch set aimed at refactoring the way tuplestores are created
and checked in SRF functions.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
GCC 12 complains that set_stack_base is storing the address of
a local variable in a long-lived pointer. This is an entirely
reasonable warning (indeed, it just helped us find a bug);
but that behavior is intentional here. We can work around it
by using __builtin_frame_address(0) instead of a specific local
variable; that produces an address a dozen or so bytes different,
in my testing, but we don't care about such a small difference.
Maybe someday a compiler lacking that function will start to issue
a similar warning, but we'll worry about that when it happens.
Patch by me, per a suggestion from Andres Freund. Back-patch to
v12, which is as far back as the patch will go without some pain.
(Recently-established project policy would permit a back-patch as
far as 9.2, but I'm disinclined to expend the work until GCC 12
is much more widespread.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3773792.1645141467@sss.pgh.pa.us
Double the default setting for hash_mem_multiplier, from 1.0 to 2.0.
This setting makes hash-based executor nodes use twice the usual
work_mem limit.
The PostgreSQL 15 release notes should have a compatibility note about
this change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzndc_ROk6CY-bC6p9O53q974Y0Ey4WX8jcPbuTZYM4Q3A@mail.gmail.com
This routine is a no-op since dd04e95 from 2003, with a macro kept
around for compatibility purposes. This has led to the same code
patterns being copy-pasted around for no effect, sometimes in confusing
ways like in pg_logical_slot_get_changes_guts() from logical.c where the
code was actually incorrect.
This issue has been discussed on two different threads recently, so
rather than living with this legacy, remove any uses of this routine in
the C code to simplify things. The compatibility macro is kept to avoid
breaking any out-of-core modules that depend on it.
Reported-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Justin Pryzby
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211217200419.GQ17618@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVJeeYfAeRfmzqAF2Lumdiv4S4FewyBnZd4DPTrsSQKJKw@mail.gmail.com
This moves the functions related to performing WAL recovery into the new
xlogrecovery.c source file, leaving xlog.c responsible for maintaining
the WAL buffers, coordinating the startup and switch from recovery to
normal operations, and other miscellaneous stuff that have always been in
xlog.c.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a31f27b4-a31d-f976-6217-2b03be646ffa%40iki.fi
I think this will shut up a weird warning from buildfarm member
serinus. Perhaps it'd be better to change tsCompareString's
length arguments to unsigned, but that seems more invasive
than is justified.
Part of a general push to remove off-the-beaten-track warnings
where we can easily do so.
Previously, replication slots were released in ProcKill() on error, resulting
in reporting replication slot drop of ephemeral slots after the stats
subsystem was already shut down.
To fix this problem, move replication slot release to a before_shmem_exit()
hook that is called before the stats collector shuts down. There wasn't really
a good reason for the slot handling to be in ProcKill() anyway.
Patch by Masahiko Sawada, with very minor polishing by me.
I, Andres, wrote a test for dropping slots during process exit, but there may
be some OS dependent issues around the number of times FATAL error messages
are displayed due to a still debated libpq issue. So that test will be
committed separately / later.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDAeEpAbZEyYJsPZJUmSPaRicVSBObaL7sPaofnKz+9zg@mail.gmail.com
Move scanint8() to numutils.c and rename to pg_strtoint64(). We
already have a "16" and "32" version of that, and the code inside the
functions was aligned, so this move makes all three versions
consistent. The API is also changed to no longer provide the errorOK
case. Users that need the error checking can use strtoi64().
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
This adds to database objects the same version tracking that collation
objects have. There is a new pg_database column datcollversion that
stores the version, a new function
pg_database_collation_actual_version() to get the version from the
operating system, and a new subcommand ALTER DATABASE ... REFRESH
COLLATION VERSION.
This was not originally added together with pg_collation.collversion,
since originally version tracking was only supported for ICU, and ICU
on a database-level is not currently supported. But we now have
version tracking for glibc (since PG13), FreeBSD (since PG14), and
Windows (since PG13), so this is useful to have now.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f0ff3190-29a3-5b39-a179-fa32eee57db6%40enterprisedb.com
Previously we used poll() directly to check for a POLLRDHUP event.
Instead, use the WaitEventSet API to poll the socket for
WL_SOCKET_CLOSED, which knows how to detect this condition on many more
operating systems.
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Maksim Milyutin <milyutinma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77def86b27e41f0efcba411460e929ae%40postgrespro.ru
At some point, Gen_fmgrtab.pl stopped needing the value of defined symbols
from access/transam.h, while genbki.pl starting doing so. The Makefiles
didn't get the memo, so update the relevant dependencies.
Commit 09cf1d522 taught schedule_alarm() to not do anything if
the next requested event is after when we expect the next interrupt
to fire. However, if somehow an interrupt gets lost, we'll continue
to not do anything indefinitely, even after the "next interrupt" time
is obviously in the past. Thus, one missed interrupt can break
timeout scheduling for the life of the session. Michael Harris
reported a scenario where a bug in a user-defined function caused this
to happen, so you don't even need to assume kernel bugs exist to think
this is worth fixing. We can make things more robust at little cost
by detecting the case where signal_due_at is before "now" and forcing
a new setitimer call to occur. This isn't a completely bulletproof
fix of course; but in our typical usage pattern where we frequently set
timeouts and clear them before they are reached, the interrupt will
get re-enabled after at most one timeout interval, which with a little
luck will be before we really need it.
While here, let's mark signal_due_at as volatile, since the signal
handler can both examine and set it. I'm not sure there's any
actual risk given that signal_pending is already volatile, but
it's surely questionable.
Backpatch to v14 where this logic came in.
Michael Harris and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADofcAWbMrvgwSMqO4iG_iD3E2v8ZUrC-_crB41my=VMM02-CA@mail.gmail.com
Some of the code paths changed by aa64f23 can reduce the number of times
GetMaxBackends() is called. The performance gain is marginal, but most
of the code changed by this commit already did that. Hence, let's be
clean and apply the same rule everywhere, for consistency.
Some of the code paths, like in deadlock.c, involve only assertions.
These are left unchanged.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgMpGZhPOjNfS7er@paquier.xyz
This script has existed for a long time, and attempting to run it today
causes a lot of false positives as an effect of GUCs added in the last
couple of years. An equivalent, automatically-run and cross-platform
solution is available in the TAP test introduced in b0a55f4. So, let it
go.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yf9YGSwPiMu0c7fP@paquier.xyz
Previously, it was really easy to write code that accessed MaxBackends
before we'd actually initialized it, especially when coding up an
extension. To make this less error-prune, introduce a new function
GetMaxBackends() which should be used to obtain the correct value.
This will ERROR if called too early. Demote the global variable to
a file-level static, so that nobody can peak at it directly.
Nathan Bossart. Idea by Andres Freund. Review by Greg Sabino Mullane,
by Michael Paquier (who had doubts about the approach), and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20210802224204.bckcikl45uezv5e4@alap3.anarazel.de
This function converts a byte position to a character position after
a successful string match. Rather than calling pg_mblen() in a loop,
use pg_mbstrlen_with_len() since the latter can inline its own call to
pg_mblen(). When the string match is at the end of the haystack text, this
change results in 10-20% performance improvement, depending on platform and
typical character length in bytes. This also simplifies the code a little.
Specializing for UTF-8 could result in further improvement, but the
performance gain was not found to be reliable between platforms. The modest
gain in this commit is stable between platforms and usable by all server
encodings.
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsH1Yutrmu+6LLHKK8iXY+vG--Do6zN+2900spHXQNNQKQ@mail.gmail.com
Running a shell command for each file to be archived has a lot of
overhead and may not offer as much error checking as you want, or the
exact semantics that you want. So, offer the option to call a loadable
module for each file to be archived, rather than running a shell command.
Also, add a 'basic_archive' contrib module as an example implementation
that archives to a local directory.
Nathan Bossart, with a little bit of kibitzing by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220202224433.GA1036711@nathanxps13
The SQL standard has been ambiguous about whether null values in
unique constraints should be considered equal or not. Different
implementations have different behaviors. In the SQL:202x draft, this
has been formalized by making this implementation-defined and adding
an option on unique constraint definitions UNIQUE [ NULLS [NOT]
DISTINCT ] to choose a behavior explicitly.
This patch adds this option to PostgreSQL. The default behavior
remains UNIQUE NULLS DISTINCT. Making this happen in the btree code
is pretty easy; most of the patch is just to carry the flag around to
all the places that need it.
The CREATE UNIQUE INDEX syntax extension is not from the standard,
it's my own invention.
I named all the internal flags, catalog columns, etc. in the negative
("nulls not distinct") so that the default PostgreSQL behavior is the
default if the flag is false.
Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/84e5ee1b-387e-9a54-c326-9082674bde78@enterprisedb.com
Given the existing stipulation that path_contains_parent_reference()
must only be invoked on canonicalized paths, we can simplify things
in the wake of commit c10f830c5. It is now only possible to see
".." at the start of a relative path. That means we can simplify
path_contains_parent_reference() itself quite a bit, and it makes
the two existing outside call sites dead code, since they'd already
checked that the path is absolute.
We could now fold path_contains_parent_reference() into its only
remaining caller path_is_relative_and_below_cwd(). But it seems
better to leave it as a separately callable function, in case any
extensions are using it.
Also document the pre-existing requirement for
path_is_relative_and_below_cwd's input to be likewise canonicalized.
Shenhao Wang and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB4214FA221FFE046F11F2AD74F2D49@OSBPR01MB4214.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The most meaningful flags are shown, which are the ones useful for the
user and for automating and extending the set of tests supported
currently by check_guc.
This script may actually be removed in the future, but we are not
completely sure yet if and how we want to support the remaining sanity
checks performed there, that are now integrated in the main regression
test suite as of this commit.
Thanks also to Peter Eisentraut and Kyotaro Horiguchi for the
discussion.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211129030833.GJ17618@telsasoft.com
xlog.h is directly and indirectly #included in a lot of places. With
this change, xloginsert.h is no longer unnecessarily included in the
large number of them that don't need it.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVe-W+WM5P44N7eG9C2_FmaeM8Dq5aCnD3fHt0Ba=WR6w@mail.gmail.com
Since 6bc8ef0b, InitializeMaxBackends() has used max_worker_processes
instead of adapting MaxBackends to the number of background workers
registered by modules loaded in shared_preload_libraries (at this time,
bgworkers were only static, but gained dynamic capabilities as a matter
of supporting parallel queries meaning that a control cap was
necessary).
Some comments referred to the past registration logic, making them
confusing and incorrect, so fix these.
Some of the out-of-core modules that could be loaded in this path
sometimes like to manipulate dynamically some of the resource-related
GUCs for their own needs, this commit adds a note about that.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220127181815.GA551692@nathanxps13
When pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() is executed, the target backend
should use LOG_SERVER_ONLY to log its memory contexts, to prevent them
from being sent to its connected client regardless of client_min_messages.
But previously the backend unexpectedly used LOG to log the message
"logging memory contexts of PID %d" and it could be sent to the client.
This is a bug in memory context logging.
To fix the bug, this commit changes that message so that it's logged with
LOG_SERVER_ONLY.
Back-patch to v14 where pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/82c12f36-86f7-5e72-79af-7f5c37f6cad7@oss.nttdata.com
Commit 8431e296ea reworked ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo to sort XIDs
before adding them to KnownAssignedXids. But the XIDs are sorted using
xidComparator, which compares the XIDs simply as uint32 values, not
logically. KnownAssignedXidsAdd() however expects XIDs in logical order,
and calls TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals() to enforce that. If there are
XIDs for which the two orderings disagree, an error is raised and the
recovery fails/restarts.
Hitting this issue is fairly easy - you just need two transactions, one
started before the 4B limit (e.g. XID 4294967290), the other sometime
after it (e.g. XID 1000). Logically (4294967290 <= 1000) but when
compared using xidComparator we try to add them in the opposite order.
Which makes KnownAssignedXidsAdd() fail with an error like this:
ERROR: out-of-order XID insertion in KnownAssignedXids
This only happens during replica startup, while processing RUNNING_XACTS
records to build the snapshot. Once we reach STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_READY, we
skip these records. So this does not affect already running replicas,
but if you restart (or create) a replica while there are transactions
with XIDs for which the two orderings disagree, you may hit this.
Long-running transactions and frequent replica restarts increase the
likelihood of hitting this issue. Once the replica gets into this state,
it can't be started (even if the old transactions are terminated).
Fixed by sorting the XIDs logically - this is fine because we're dealing
with normal XIDs (because it's XIDs assigned to backends) and from the
same wraparound epoch (otherwise the backends could not be running at
the same time on the primary node). So there are no problems with the
triangle inequality, which is why xidComparator compares raw values.
Investigation and root cause analysis by Abhijit Menon-Sen. Patch by me.
This issue is present in all releases since 9.4, however releases up to
9.6 are EOL already so backpatch to 10 only.
Reviewed-by: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36b8a501-5d73-277c-4972-f58a4dce088a%40enterprisedb.com
This changes the data type of the catalog fields datcollate, datctype,
collcollate, and collctype from name to text. There wasn't ever a
really good reason for them to be of type name; presumably this was
just carried over from when they were fixed-size fields in pg_control,
first into the corresponding pg_database fields, and then to
pg_collation. The values are not identifiers or object names, and we
don't ever look them up that way.
Changing to type text saves space in the typical case, since locale
names are typically only a few bytes long. But it is also possible
that an ICU locale name with several customization options appended
could be longer than 63 bytes, so this also enables that case, which
was previously probably broken.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5e756dd6-0e91-d778-96fd-b1bcb06c161a@2ndquadrant.com
This fixes a set of issues that have accumulated over the past months
(or years) in various code areas. Most fixes are related to some recent
additions, as of the development of v15.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220124030001.GQ23027@telsasoft.com
pg_basebackup now has a --target=TARGET[:DETAIL] option. If specfied,
it is sent to the server as the value of the TARGET option to the
BASE_BACKUP command. If DETAIL is included, it is sent as the value of
the new TARGET_DETAIL option to the BASE_BACKUP command. If the
target is anything other than 'client', pg_basebackup assumes that it
will now be the server's job to write the backup in a location somehow
defined by the target, and that it therefore needs to write nothing
locally. However, the server will still send messages to the client
for progress reporting purposes.
On the server side, we now support two additional types of backup
targets. There is a 'blackhole' target, which just throws away the
backup data without doing anything at all with it. Naturally, this
should only be used for testing and debugging purposes, since you will
not actually have a backup when it finishes running. More usefully,
there is also a 'server' target, so you can now use something like
'pg_basebackup -Xnone -t server:/SOME/PATH' to write a backup to some
location on the server. We can extend this to more types of targets
in the future, and might even want to create an extensibility
mechanism for adding new target types.
Since WAL fetching is handled with separate client-side logic, it's
not part of this mechanism; thus, backups with non-default targets
must use -Xnone or -Xfetch.
Patch by me, with a bug fix by Jeevan Ladhe. The patch set of which
this is a part has also had review and/or testing from Tushar Ahuja,
Suraj Kharage, Dipesh Pandit, and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaYZbz0=Yk797aOJwkGJC-LK3iXn+wzzMx7KdwNpZhS5g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, callers of pg_newlocale_from_collation() did not call it
if the collation was DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID and instead proceeded with
a pg_locale_t of 0. Instead, now we call it anyway and have it return
0 if the default collation was passed. It already did this, so we
just have to adjust the callers. This simplifies all the call sites
and also makes future enhancements easier.
After discussion and testing, the previous comment in pg_locale.c
about avoiding this for performance reasons may have been mistaken
since it was testing a very different patch version way back when.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ed3baa81-7fac-7788-cc12-41e3f7917e34@enterprisedb.com
Currently, database OIDs, relfilenodes, and tablespace OIDs can all
change when a cluster is upgraded using pg_upgrade. It seems better
to preserve them, because (1) it makes troubleshooting pg_upgrade
easier, since you don't have to do a lot of work to match up files
in the old and new clusters, (2) it allows 'rsync' to save bandwidth
when used to re-sync a cluster after an upgrade, and (3) if we ever
encrypt or sign blocks, we would likely want to use a nonce that
depends on these values.
This patch only arranges to preserve relfilenodes and tablespace
OIDs. The task of preserving database OIDs is left for another patch,
since it involves some complexities that don't exist in these cases.
Database OIDs have a similar issue, but there are some tricky points
in that case that do not apply to these cases, so that problem is left
for another patch.
Shruthi KC, based on an earlier patch from Antonin Houska, reviewed
and with some adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYgTwYcUmB=e8+hRHOFA0kkS6Kde85+UNdon6q7bt1niQ@mail.gmail.com
"jsonlog" is a new value that can be added to log_destination to provide
logs in the JSON format, with its output written to a file, making it
the third type of destination of this kind, after "stderr" and
"csvlog". The format is convenient to feed logs to other applications.
There is also a plugin external to core that provided this feature using
the hook in elog.c, but this had to overwrite the output of "stderr" to
work, so being able to do both at the same time was not possible. The
files generated by this log format are suffixed with ".json", and use
the same rotation policies as the other two formats depending on the
backend configuration.
This takes advantage of the refactoring work done previously in ac7c807,
bed6ed3, 8b76f89 and 2d77d83 for the backend parts, and 72b76f7 for the
TAP tests, making the addition of any new file-based format rather
straight-forward.
The documentation is updated to list all the keys and the values that
can exist in this new format. pg_current_logfile() also required a
refresh for the new option.
Author: Sehrope Sarkuni, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
Add pg_statistic_ext_data.stxdinherit flag, so that for each extended
statistics definition we can store two versions of data - one for the
relation alone, one for the whole inheritance tree. This is analogous to
pg_statistic.stainherit, but we failed to include such flag in catalogs
for extended statistics, and we had to work around it (see commits
859b3003de, 36c4bc6e72 and 20b9fa308e).
This changes the relationship between the two catalogs storing extended
statistics objects (pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data). Until
now, there was a simple 1:1 mapping - for each definition there was one
pg_statistic_ext_data row, and this row was inserted while creating the
statistics (and then updated during ANALYZE). With the stxdinherit flag,
we don't know how many rows there will be (child relations may be added
after the statistics object is defined), so there may be up to two rows.
We could make CREATE STATISTICS to always create both rows, but that
seems wasteful - without partitioning we only need stxdinherit=false
rows, and declaratively partitioned tables need only stxdinherit=true.
So we no longer initialize pg_statistic_ext_data in CREATE STATISTICS,
and instead make that a responsibility of ANALYZE. Which is what we do
for regular statistics too.
Patch by me, with extensive improvements and fixes by Justin Pryzby.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
Commit 859b3003de disabled building of extended stats for inheritance
trees, to prevent updating the same catalog row twice. While that
resolved the issue, it also means there are no extended stats for
declaratively partitioned tables, because there are no data in the
non-leaf relations.
That also means declaratively partitioned tables were not affected by
the issue 859b3003de addressed, which means this is a regression
affecting queries that calculate estimates for the whole inheritance
tree as a whole (which includes e.g. GROUP BY queries).
But because partitioned tables are empty, we can invert the condition
and build statistics only for the case with inheritance, without losing
anything. And we can consider them when calculating estimates.
It may be necessary to run ANALYZE on partitioned tables, to collect
proper statistics. For declarative partitioning there should no prior
statistics, and it might take time before autoanalyze is triggered. For
tables partitioned by inheritance the statistics may include data from
child relations (if built 859b3003de), contradicting the current code.
Report and patch by Justin Pryzby, minor fixes and cleanup by me.
Backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10, where extended statistics
were introduced (same as 859b3003de).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
Since commit 859b3003de we only build extended statistics for individual
relations, ignoring the child relations. This resolved the issue with
updating catalog tuple twice, but we still tried to use the statistics
when calculating estimates for the whole inheritance tree. When the
relations contain very distinct data, it may produce bogus estimates.
This is roughly the same issue 427c6b5b9 addressed ~15 years ago, and we
fix it the same way - by ignoring extended statistics when calculating
estimates for the inheritance tree as a whole. We still consider
extended statistics when calculating estimates for individual child
relations, of course.
This may result in plan changes due to different estimates, but if the
old statistics were not describing the inheritance tree particularly
well it's quite likely the new plans is actually better.
Report and patch by Justin Pryzby, minor fixes and cleanup by me.
Backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10, where extended statistics
were introduced (same as 859b3003de).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
Provide a developer-only GUC allow_in_place_tablespaces, disabled by
default. When enabled, tablespaces can be created with an empty
LOCATION string, meaning that they should be created as a directory
directly beneath pg_tblspc. This can be used for new testing scenarios,
in a follow-up patch. Not intended for end-user usage, since it might
confuse backup tools that expect symlinks.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKpRWQ9SxdxxDmTBCJoR0YnFpMBe7kyzY8SUQk%2BHeskxg%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 7745bc352 intended to ensure that whole-row Vars would be
printed with "::type" decoration in all contexts where plain
"var.*" notation would result in star-expansion, notably in
ROW() and VALUES() constructs. However, it missed the case of
INSERT with a single-row VALUES, as reported by Timur Khanjanov.
Nosing around ruleutils.c, I found a second oversight: the
code for RowCompareExpr generates ROW() notation without benefit
of an actual RowExpr, and naturally it wasn't in sync :-(.
(The code for FieldStore also does this, but we don't expect that
to generate strictly parsable SQL anyway, so I left it alone.)
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/efaba6f9-4190-56be-8ff2-7a1674f9194f@intrans.baku.az
The recent refactoring done in ac7c807 makes this move possible and
simple, as this just moves some code around. This reduces the size of
elog.c by 7%.
Author: Michael Paquier, Sehrope Sarkuni
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
simply moves the routines related to csvlog into their own file
This refactors the following routines and facilities coming from
elog.c, to ease their use across multiple log destinations:
- Start timestamp, including its reset, to store when a process has been
started.
- The log timestamp, associated to an entry (the same timestamp is used
when logging across multiple destinations).
- Routine deciding if a query can be logged or not.
- The backend type names, depending on the process that logs any
information (postmaster, bgworker name or just GetBackendTypeDesc() with
a regular backend).
- Write of logs using the logging piped protocol, with the log collector
enabled.
- Error severity converted to a string.
These refactored routines will be used for some follow-up changes
to move all the csvlog logic into its own file and to potentially add
JSON as log destination, reducing the overall size of elog.c as the end
result.
Author: Michael Paquier, Sehrope Sarkuni
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
Previously pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() could request to
log the memory contexts of backends, but not of auxiliary processes
such as checkpointer. This commit enhances the function so that
it can also send the request to auxiliary processes. It's useful to
look at the memory contexts of those processes for debugging purpose
and better understanding of the memory usage pattern of them.
Note that pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() cannot send the request
to logger or statistics collector. Because this logging request
mechanism is based on shared memory but those processes aren't
connected to that.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACU1nBzpacOK2q=a65S_4+Oaz_rLTsU1Ri0gf7YUmnmhfQ@mail.gmail.com
The existing cryptohash facility was causing problems in some code paths
related to MD5 (frontend and backend) that relied on the fact that the
only type of error that could happen would be an OOM, as the MD5
implementation used in PostgreSQL ~13 (the in-core implementation is
used when compiling with or without OpenSSL in those older versions),
could fail only under this circumstance.
The new cryptohash facilities can fail for reasons other than OOMs, like
attempting MD5 when FIPS is enabled (upstream OpenSSL allows that up to
1.0.2, Fedora and Photon patch OpenSSL 1.1.1 to allow that), so this
would cause incorrect reports to show up.
This commit extends the cryptohash APIs so as callers of those routines
can fetch more context when an error happens, by using a new routine
called pg_cryptohash_error(). The error states are stored within each
implementation's internal context data, so as it is possible to extend
the logic depending on what's suited for an implementation. The default
implementation requires few error states, but OpenSSL could report
various issues depending on its internal state so more is needed in
cryptohash_openssl.c, and the code is shaped so as we are always able to
grab the necessary information.
The core code is changed to adapt to the new error routine, painting
more "const" across the call stack where the static errors are stored,
particularly in authentication code paths on variables that provide
log details. This way, any future changes would warn if attempting to
free these strings. The MD5 authentication code was also a bit blurry
about the handling of "logdetail" (LOG sent to the postmaster), so
improve the comments related that, while on it.
The origin of the problem is 87ae969, that introduced the centralized
cryptohash facility. Extra changes are done for pgcrypto in v14 for the
non-OpenSSL code path to cope with the improvements done by this
commit.
Reported-by: Michael Mühlbeyer
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/89B7F072-5BBE-4C92-903E-D83E865D9367@trivadis.com
Backpatch-through: 14
Since this function is defined to accept pg_node_tree values, it could
get applied to any nodetree that can appear in a cataloged pg_node_tree
column. Some such cases can't be supported --- for example, its API
doesn't allow providing referents for more than one relation --- but
we should try to throw a user-facing error rather than an internal
error when encountering such a case.
In support of this, extend expression_tree_walker/mutator to be sure
they'll work on any such node tree (which basically means adding
support for relpartbound node types). That allows us to run pull_varnos
and check for the case of multiple relations before we start processing
the tree. The alternative of changing the low-level error thrown for an
out-of-range varno isn't appealing, because that could mask actual bugs
in other usages of ruleutils.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. This is basically cosmetic, so no
back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211219205422.GT17618@telsasoft.com
Adjust the error texts used for unrecognized/unsupported datetime
units so that there are just two strings to translate, not two
per datatype. Along the way, follow our usual error message style
of not double-quoting type names, and instead making sure that we
say the name is a type. Fix a couple of places in date.c that
were using the wrong one of "unrecognized" and "unsupported".
Nikhil Benesch, with a bit more editing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPWqQZTURGixmbMH2_Z3ZtWGA0ANjUb9bwtkkxSxSfDeFHuM6Q@mail.gmail.com
This seems like a clearer name for what it does now.
Provide a compatibility macro so that extensions don't have to convert
to the new name right away.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/116024.1640111629@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 75d22069e made SET print a warning if you tried to set an
unrecognized parameter within namespace previously reserved by an
extension. It seems better for that to be an outright error though,
for the same reason that we don't let you set unrecognized unqualified
parameter names. In any case, the preceding implementation was
inefficient and erroneous. Perform the check in a more appropriate
spot, and be more careful about prefix-match cases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/116024.1640111629@sss.pgh.pa.us
Extensions that define any custom GUCs should call
EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders after doing so, to help catch misspellings.
Many of our contrib modules hadn't gotten the memo on that, though.
Also add such calls to src/test/modules extensions that have GUCs.
While these aren't really user-facing, they should illustrate good
practice not faulty practice.
Shinya Kato
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/524fa2c0a34f34b68fbfa90d0760d515@oss.nttdata.com
pg_strtouint64() is a wrapper around strtoull/strtoul/_strtoui64, but
it seems no longer necessary to have this indirection.
msvc/Solution.pm claims HAVE_STRTOULL, so the "MSVC only" part seems
unnecessary. Also, we have code in c.h to substitute alternatives for
strtoull() if not found, and that would appear to cover all currently
supported platforms, so having a further fallback in pg_strtouint64()
seems unnecessary.
Therefore, we could remove pg_strtouint64(), and use strtoull()
directly in all call sites. However, it seems useful to keep a
separate notation for parsing exactly 64-bit integers, matching the
type definition int64/uint64. For that, add new macros strtoi64() and
strtou64() in c.h as thin wrappers around strtol()/strtoul() or
strtoll()/stroull(). This makes these functions available everywhere
instead of just in the server code, and it makes the function naming
notably different from the pg_strtointNN() functions in numutils.c,
which have a different API.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a3df47c9-b1b4-29f2-7e91-427baf8b75a3%40enterprisedb.com
The API spec for lookup_rowtype_tupdesc previously said you could use
either ReleaseTupleDesc or DecrTupleDescRefCount. However, the latter
choice means the caller must be certain that the returned tupdesc is
refcounted. I don't recall right now whether that was always true
when this spec was written, but it's certainly not always true since
we introduced shared record typcaches for parallel workers. That means
that callers using DecrTupleDescRefCount are dependent on typcache
behavior details that they probably shouldn't be. Hence, change the API
spec to say that you must call ReleaseTupleDesc, and fix the half-dozen
callers that weren't.
AFAICT this is just future-proofing, there's no live bug here.
So no back-patch.
Per gripe from Chapman Flack.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/61B901A4.1050808@anastigmatix.net
Borrow the logic that's long been used in tuplesort.c: instead
of physically swapping the data in two heap entries, keep the
value that's being sifted up or down in a local variable, and
just move the other values as necessary. This makes the code
shorter as well as faster. It's not clear that any current
callers are really time-critical enough to notice, but we
might as well code heap maintenance the same way everywhere.
Ma Liangzhu and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17336-fc4e522d26a750fd@postgresql.org
This could only matter if (a) long is wider than int, and (b) the heap
of free blocks exceeds UINT_MAX entries, which seems pretty unlikely.
Still, it's a theoretical bug, so backpatch to v13 where the typo came
in (in commit c02fdc922).
In passing, also make swap_nodes() use consistent datatypes.
Ma Liangzhu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17336-fc4e522d26a750fd@postgresql.org
Nobody has filled in these stubs for upwards of twenty years,
so it's time to drop the idea that they might get implemented
any day now. The associated pg_operator and pg_proc entries
are just confusing wastes of space.
Per complaint from Anton Voloshin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3426566.1638832718@sss.pgh.pa.us
geo_ops.c contains half a dozen functions that are just stubs throwing
ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED. Since it's been like that for more
than twenty years, there's clearly not a lot of interest in filling in
the stubs. However, I'm uncomfortable with deleting poly_distance(),
since every other geometric type supports a distance-to-another-object-
of-the-same-type function. We can easily add this capability by
cribbing from poly_overlap() and path_distance().
It's possible that the (existing) test case for this will show some
numeric instability, but hopefully the buildfarm will expose it if so.
In passing, improve the documentation to try to explain why polygons
are distinct from closed paths in the first place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3426566.1638832718@sss.pgh.pa.us
It's not great that RecoveryInProgress() calls InitXLOGAccess(),
because a status inquiry function typically shouldn't have the side
effect of performing initializations. We could fix that by calling
InitXLOGAccess() from some other place, but instead, let's remove it
altogether.
One thing InitXLogAccess() did is initialize wal_segment_size, but it
doesn't need to do that. In the postmaster, PostmasterMain() calls
LocalProcessControlFile(), and all child processes will inherit that
value -- except in EXEC_BACKEND bulds, but then each backend runs
SubPostmasterMain() which also calls LocalProcessControlFile().
The other thing InitXLOGAccess() did is update RedoRecPtr and
doPageWrites, but that's not critical, because all code that uses
them will just retry if it turns out that they've changed. The
only difference is that most code will now see an initial value that
is definitely invalid instead of one that might have just been way
out of date, but that will only happen once per backend lifetime,
so it shouldn't be a big deal.
Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier, Andres
Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY7b65qRjzHN_tWUk8B4sJqk1vj1d31uepVzmgPnZKeLg@mail.gmail.com
The idea here is that when a performance problem is known to have
occurred at a certain point in time, it's a good thing if there is
some information available from the logs to help figure out what
might have happened around that time.
This change attracted an above-average amount of dissent, because
it means that a server with default settings will produce some amount
of log output even if nothing has gone wrong. However, by my count,
the mailing list discussion had about twice as many people in favor
of the change as opposed. The reasons for believing that the extra
log output is not an issue in practice are: (1) the rate at which
messages can be generated by this setting is bounded to one every
few minutes on a properly-configured system and (2) production
systems tend to have a lot more junk in the log from that due to
failed connection attempts, ERROR messages generated by application
activity, and the like.
Bharath Rupireddy, reviewed by Fujii Masao and by me. Many other
people commented on the thread, but as far as I can see that was
discussion of the merits of the change rather than review of the
patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACX-rW_OeDcp4gqrFUAkf1f50Fnh138dmkd0JkvCNQRKGA@mail.gmail.com
The multirange_get_range() function fails when two boundaries of the same
range have different alignments. Fix that by adding proper pointer alignment.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17300-dced2d01ddeb1f2f%40postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14
Extend the foreign key ON DELETE actions SET NULL and SET DEFAULT by
allowing the specification of a column list, like
CREATE TABLE posts (
...
FOREIGN KEY (tenant_id, author_id) REFERENCES users ON DELETE SET NULL (author_id)
);
If a column list is specified, only those columns are set to
null/default, instead of all the columns in the foreign-key
constraint.
This is useful for multitenant or sharded schemas, where the tenant or
shard ID is included in the primary key of all tables but shouldn't be
set to null.
Author: Paul Martinez <paulmtz@google.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACqFVBZQyMYJV=njbSMxf+rbDHpx=W=B7AEaMKn8dWn9OZJY7w@mail.gmail.com
The chr() function used PG_GETARG_UINT32() even though the argument is
declared as (signed) integer. As a result, you can pass negative
arguments to this function and it internally interprets them as
positive. Ultimately ends up being harmless, but it seems wrong, so
fix this and rearrange the internal error checking a bit to
accommodate this.
Another case was in the documentation, where example code used
PG_GETARG_UINT32() with an argument declared as signed integer.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7e43869b-d412-8f81-30a3-809783edc9a3%40enterprisedb.com
This commit fixes a couple of inconsistencies in the descriptions of
some GUCs, while making their wording more general regarding the units
they rely on.
For most of them, this removes the use of terms like "N seconds" or "N
bytes", which may not apply easily to all the languages these strings
are translated to (from my own experience, this works in French and
English, less in Japanese).
Per debate between the authors listed below.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211129030833.GJ17618@telsasoft.com
An extension can already de facto reserve a GUC prefix using
EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders(). But this was only checked against
settings that exist at the time the extension is loaded (or the
extension chooses to call this). No diagnostic is given when a SET
command later uses a nonexisting setting with a custom prefix.
With this change, EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders() saves the prefixes it
reserves in a list, and SET checks when it finds a "placeholder"
setting whether it belongs to a reserved prefix and issues a warning
in that case.
Add a regression test that checks the patch using the "plpgsql"
registered prefix.
Author: Florin Irion <florin.irion@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HEvJDhWuuTpGTJT9Tgbdzm4QS4EzPAwDBScWK18H2Q=FVJFw@mail.gmail.com
When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using HOT, we
can ignore attributes indexed only by BRIN indexes. There are no index
pointers to individual tuples in BRIN, and the page range summary will
be updated anyway as it relies on visibility info.
This also removes rd_indexattr list, and replaces it with rd_attrsvalid
flag. The list was not used anywhere, and a simple flag is sufficient.
Patch by Josef Simanek, various fixes and improvements by me.
Author: Josef Simanek
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwpMRGcDAQumN7onN9HjrJ3u4X3ZRXdGFT0K5G2JWvnbWg%40mail.gmail.com
fsstate in process_pending_requests (in postgres_fdw.c) was added in
8998e3cafa as an assertion-only variable, 1ec7fca859 stated using
the variable outside of assertions.
rd_index in get_index_column_opclass (in lsyscache.c) was introduced
in 2a6368343f, and then promptly used in the fix commit 7e04160390
shortly thereafter.
This removes the PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY variable decoration from
the above mentioned variables.
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow <gregn4422@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F959106C-0F21-43A5-B2AE-D007D51ACBEE@yesql.se
This commit fixes some issues with GUCs:
- enable_incremental_sort was not marked as GUC_EXPLAIN, causing it to
not be listed in the output of EXPLAIN (SETTINGS) if using a value
different than the default, contrary to the other planner-level GUCs.
- trace_recovery_messages missed GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, like the other
developer options.
- ssl_renegotiation_limit should be marked as COMPAT_OPTIONS_PREVIOUS.
While on it, this fixes one incorrect comment related to
autovacuum_freeze_max_age, and improves the descriptions of some other
GUCs, recently introduced.
Extracted from a larger patch set by the same author.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Description: https://postgr.es/m/20211129030833.GJ17618@telsasoft.com
This commit adds a new system view pg_stat_subscription_workers, that
shows information about any errors which occur during the application of
logical replication changes as well as during performing initial table
synchronization. The subscription statistics entries are removed when the
corresponding subscription is removed.
It also adds an SQL function pg_stat_reset_subscription_worker() to reset
single subscription errors.
The contents of this view can be used by an upcoming patch that skips the
particular transaction that conflicts with the existing data on the
subscriber.
This view can be extended in the future to track other xact related
statistics like the number of xacts committed/aborted for subscription
workers.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Hou Zhijie, Tang Haiying, Vignesh C, Dilip Kumar, Takamichi Osumi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDeScrsHhLyEPYqN3sydg6PxAPVBboK=30xJfUVihNZDA@mail.gmail.com
Standardize on xoroshiro128** as our basic PRNG algorithm, eliminating
a bunch of platform dependencies as well as fundamentally-obsolete PRNG
code. In addition, this API replacement will ease replacing the
algorithm again in future, should that become necessary.
xoroshiro128** is a few percent slower than the drand48 family,
but it can produce full-width 64-bit random values not only 48-bit,
and it should be much more trustworthy. It's likely to be noticeably
faster than the platform's random(), depending on which platform you
are thinking about; and we can have non-global state vectors easily,
unlike with random(). It is not cryptographically strong, but neither
are the functions it replaces.
Fabien Coelho, reviewed by Dean Rasheed, Aleksander Alekseev, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.22.394.2105241211230.165418@pseudo
Memoize would always use the hash equality operator for the cache key
types to determine if the current set of parameters were the same as some
previously cached set. Certain types such as floating points where -0.0
and +0.0 differ in their binary representation but are classed as equal by
the hash equality operator may cause problems as unless the join uses the
same operator it's possible that whichever join operator is being used
would be able to distinguish the two values. In which case we may
accidentally return in the incorrect rows out of the cache.
To fix this here we add a binary mode to Memoize to allow it to the
current set of parameters to previously cached values by comparing
bit-by-bit rather than logically using the hash equality operator. This
binary mode is always used for LATERAL joins and it's used for normal
joins when any of the join operators are not hashable.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3004308.1632952496@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added
This commit adds a set of functions able to look at the contents of
various paths related to replication slots:
- pg_ls_logicalsnapdir, for pg_logical/snapshots/
- pg_ls_logicalmapdir, for pg_logical/mappings/
- pg_ls_replslotdir, for pg_replslot/<slot_name>/
These are intended to be used by monitoring tools. Unlike pg_ls_dir(),
execution permission can be granted to non-superusers. Roles members of
pg_monitor gain have access to those functions.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWsfizZjMN6bzzdxOk1ADQQeSw8HhEjhmVXn_Pu+7VzLw@mail.gmail.com
This allows a later commit to reduce the number of branches in performance
sensitive functions during normal running, compared to a very minor saving
during bootstrapping.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_Yeg+vh6SHNEo1+=O7e-BPX35cU0XQM=YwQRnkFyv_y+w@mail.gmail.com
This fills in some gaps in planner support for starts_with() and
the equivalent ^@ operator:
* A condition such as "textcol ^@ constant" can now use a regular
btree index, not only an SP-GiST index, so long as the index's
collation is C. (This works just like "textcol LIKE 'foo%'".)
* "starts_with(textcol, constant)" can be optimized the same as
"textcol ^@ constant".
* Fixed-prefix LIKE and regex patterns are now more like starts_with()
in another way: if you apply one to an SPGiST-indexed column, you'll
get an index condition using ^@ rather than two index conditions with
>= and <.
Per a complaint from Shay Rojansky. Patch by me; thanks to
Nathan Bossart for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/232599.1633800229@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a SQL-standard function body contains an INSERT ... SELECT statement,
any function parameters referenced within the SELECT were always printed
in $N style, rather than using the parameter name if any. While not
strictly incorrect, this wasn't the intention, and it's inconsistent
with the way that such parameters would be printed in any other kind
of statement.
The cause is that the recursion to get_query_def from
get_insert_query_def neglected to pass down the context->namespaces
list, passing constant NIL instead. This is a very ancient oversight,
but AFAICT it had no visible consequences before commit e717a9a18
added an outermost namespace with function parameters. We don't allow
INSERT ... SELECT as a sub-query, except in a top-level WITH clause,
where it couldn't contain any outer references that might need to access
upper namespaces. So although that's arguably a bug, I don't see any
point in changing it before v14.
In passing, harden the code added to get_parameter by e717a9a18 so that
it won't crash if a PARAM_EXTERN Param appears in an unexpected place.
Per report from Erki Eessaar. Code fix by me, regression test case
by Masahiko Sawada.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR01MB8268347BED344848555167FAFE949@AM9PR01MB8268.eurprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
At present, there is an undocumented coding rule that you must call
RecoveryInProgress(), or do something else that results in a call
to InitXLogInsert(), before trying to write WAL. Otherwise, the
WAL construction buffers won't be initialized, resulting in
failures.
Since it's not good to rely on a status inquiry function like
RecoveryInProgress() having the side effect of initializing
critical data structures, instead do the initialization eariler,
when the backend first starts up.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY7b65qRjzHN_tWUk8B4sJqk1vj1d31uepVzmgPnZKeLg@mail.gmail.com
pg_stat_get_slru() in pgstatfuncs.c would point to one element after the
end of the array PgStat_SLRUStats when finishing to scan its entries.
This had no direct consequences as no data from the extra memory area
was read, but static analyzers would rightfully complain here. So let's
be clean.
While on it, this adds one regression test in the area reserved for
system views.
Reported-by: Alexander Kozhemyakin, via AddressSanitizer
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17280-37da556e86032070@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 13
The tsvector data type has always forbidden lexemes to be empty.
However, array_to_tsvector() didn't get that memo, and would
allow an empty-string array element to become an empty lexeme.
This could result in dump/restore failures later, not to mention
whatever semantic issues might be behind the original prohibition.
However, other functions that take a plain text input directly as
a lexeme value do not need a similar restriction, because they only
match the string against existing tsvector entries. In particular
it'd be a bad idea to make ts_delete() reject empty strings, since
that is the most convenient way to clean up any bad data that might
have gotten into a tsvector column via this bug.
Reflecting on that, let's also remove the prohibition against NULL
array elements in tsvector_delete_arr and tsvector_setweight_by_filter.
It seems more consistent to ignore them, as an empty-string element
would be ignored.
There's a case for back-patching this, since it's clearly a bug fix.
On balance though, it doesn't seem like something to change in a
minor release.
Jean-Christophe Arnu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHZmTm1YVndPgUVRoag2WL0w900XcoiivDDj-gTTYBsG25c65A@mail.gmail.com
A new option "FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA" in Create/Alter Publication allows
one or more schemas to be specified, whose tables are selected by the
publisher for sending the data to the subscriber.
The new syntax allows specifying both the tables and schemas. For example:
CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2;
OR
ALTER PUBLICATION pub1 ADD TABLE t1,t2,t3, ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA s1,s2;
A new system table "pg_publication_namespace" has been added, to maintain
the schemas that the user wants to publish through the publication.
Modified the output plugin (pgoutput) to publish the changes if the
relation is part of schema publication.
Updates pg_dump to identify and dump schema publications. Updates the \d
family of commands to display schema publications and \dRp+ variant will
now display associated schemas if any.
Author: Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila
Syntax-Suggested-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Masahiko Sawada, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Haiying Tang, Ajin Cherian, Rahila Syed, Bharath Rupireddy, Mark Dilger
Tested-by: Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm0OANxuJ6RXqwZsM1MSY4s19nuH3734j4a72etDwvBETQ@mail.gmail.com
Remove superuser check, allowing any user granted permissions on
pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() to log the memory contexts of any
backend.
Note that this could allow a privileged non-superuser to log the
memory contexts of a superuser backend, but as discussed, that does
not seem to be a problem.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5cf6684d17c8d1ef4904ae248605ccd6da03e72.camel@j-davis.com
Users sometimes get concerned whe they start the server and it
emits a few messages and then doesn't emit any more messages for
a long time. Generally, what's happening is either that the
system is taking a long time to apply WAL, or it's taking a
long time to reset unlogged relations, or it's taking a long
time to fsync the data directory, but it's not easy to tell
which is the case.
To fix that, add a new 'log_startup_progress_interval' setting,
by default 10s. When an operation that is known to be potentially
long-running takes more than this amount of time, we'll log a
status update each time this interval elapses.
To avoid undesirable log chatter, don't log anything about WAL
replay when in standby mode.
Nitin Jadhav and Robert Haas, reviewed by Amul Sul, Bharath
Rupireddy, Justin Pryzby, Michael Paquier, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaHQrgDFOBwgY16XCoMtXxsrVGFB2jNCvb7-ubuEe1MGg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaHF7VE69572_OLQ+MgpT5RUiUDgF1x5RrtkJBLdpRj3Q@mail.gmail.com
In selectnewtape(), use 'nOutputTapes' rather than 'nOutputRuns' in the
check for whether to start a new tape or to append a new run to an
existing tape. Until 'maxTapes' is reached, nOutputTapes is always equal
to nOutputRuns, so it doesn't change the logic, but it seems more logical
to compare # of tapes with # of tapes. Also, currently maxTapes is never
modified after the merging begins, but written this way, the code would
still work if it was. (Although the nOutputRuns == nOutputTapes assertion
would need to be removed and using nOutputRuns % nOutputTapes to
distribute the runs evenly across the tapes wouldn't do a good job
anymore).
Similarly in mergeruns(), change to USEMEM(state->tape_buffer_mem) to
account for the memory used for tape buffers. It's equal to availMem
currently, but tape_buffer_mem is more direct and future-proof. For
example, if we changed the logic to only allocate half of the remaining
memory to tape buffers, USEMEM(state->tape_buffer_mem) would still be
correct.
Coverity complained about these. Hopefully this patch helps it to
understand the logic better. Thanks to Tom Lane for initial analysis.
The purpose of commit 8a54e12a38 was to
fix this, and it sufficed when the PREPARE TRANSACTION completed before
the CIC looked for lock conflicts. Otherwise, things still broke. As
before, in a cluster having used CIC while having enabled prepared
transactions, queries that use the resulting index can silently fail to
find rows. It may be necessary to reindex to recover from past
occurrences; REINDEX CONCURRENTLY suffices. Fix this for future index
builds by making CIC wait for arbitrarily-recent prepared transactions
and for ordinary transactions that may yet PREPARE TRANSACTION. As part
of that, have PREPARE TRANSACTION transfer locks to its dummy PGPROC
before it calls ProcArrayClearTransaction(). Back-patch to 9.6 (all
supported versions).
Andrey Borodin, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01824242-AA92-4FE9-9BA7-AEBAFFEA3D0C@yandex-team.ru
CIC and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY assume backends see their catalog changes
no later than each backend's next transaction start. That failed to
hold when a backend absorbed a relevant invalidation in the middle of
running RelationBuildDesc() on the CIC index. Queries that use the
resulting index can silently fail to find rows. Fix this for future
index builds by making RelationBuildDesc() loop until it finishes
without accepting a relevant invalidation. It may be necessary to
reindex to recover from past occurrences; REINDEX CONCURRENTLY suffices.
Back-patch to 9.6 (all supported versions).
Noah Misch and Andrey Borodin, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Andres
Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210730022548.GA1940096@gust.leadboat.com
The code for initializing the tapes on each merge iteration was skipped
in a parallel worker. I put the !WORKER(state) check in wrong place while
rebasing the patch.
That caused failures in the index build in 'multiple-row-versions'
isolation test, in multiple buildfarm members. On my laptop it was easier
to reproduce by building an index on a larger table, so that you got a
parallel sort more reliably.
The previous commit 65014000b3 changed the variable passed to elog
from an int64 to a size_t variable, but neglected to change the modifier
in the format string accordingly.
Per failure on buildfarm member lapwing.
The advantage of polyphase merge is that it can reuse the input tapes as
output tapes efficiently, but that is irrelevant on modern hardware, when
we can easily emulate any number of tape drives. The number of input tapes
we can/should use during merging is limited by work_mem, but output tapes
that we are not currently writing to only cost a little bit of memory, so
there is no need to skimp on them.
This makes sorts that need multiple merge passes faster.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/420a0ec7-602c-d406-1e75-1ef7ddc58d83%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Zhihong Yu, John Naylor
All the tape functions, like LogicalTapeRead and LogicalTapeWrite, now
take a LogicalTape as argument, instead of LogicalTapeSet+tape number.
You can create any number of LogicalTapes in a single LogicalTapeSet, and
you don't need to decide the number upfront, when you create the tape set.
This makes the tape management in hash agg spilling in nodeAgg.c simpler.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/420a0ec7-602c-d406-1e75-1ef7ddc58d83%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Zhihong Yu, John Naylor
Commit 3f50b8263 had an oversight: formerly, to deparse expressions
attached to a plan node, it was only necessary to update the
deparse_namespace ancestors list alongside calling set_deparse_plan.
Now it's necessary to update the ancestors list *first*, because
set_deparse_plan consults it, and one call site got that wrong.
This error was masked in most cases because explain.c uses just one
List object for the ancestors list, updating it in-place as the plan
is scanned, so that we accidentally had the right List assigned to
dpns->ancestors before it was needed. It would fail only if a
WorkTableScan node were the first one that we tried to deparse a
subexpression of.
Per report from Markus Winand. Like the previous patch,
back-patch to v14.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/648B0505-AA57-42C2-A2DA-E551DE46FA15@winand.at
send_message_to_server_log() would force a redirection of a log entry to
stderr in some cases for csvlog, like the syslogger not being available
yet. If this happens, csvlog would fall back to stderr to log
some information rather than nothing. The code was organized so as
stderr is done before csvlog, with csvlog checking that stderr did not
happen yet with a reversed condition. With this code organization, it
could be possible to lose some messages if running Postgres as a service
on WIN32, as there is no usable stderr, and the handling of the
StringInfoData holding the message for stderr was rather confusing
because of that.
This commit moves the csvlog handling to be before stderr, as as we are
able to track down if it is necessary to log something to stderr. The
reduces the handling of stderr to be in a single code path, adding a
fallback to event logs for a WIN32 service. This also simplifies the
way we handle the StringInfoData for stderr, making easier the
integration of new file-based log destinations. I got to play with
services and event logs on Windows while checking this change.
Reviewed-by: Chris Bandy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YV0vwBovEKf1WXkl@paquier.xyz
This fixes a loss of precision that occurs when the first input is
very close to 1, so that its logarithm is very small.
Formerly, during the initial low-precision calculation to estimate the
result weight, the logarithm was computed to a local rscale that was
capped to NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE (1000). However, the base may be
as close as 1e-16383 to 1, hence its logarithm may be as small as
1e-16383, and so the local rscale needs to be allowed to exceed 16383,
otherwise all precision is lost, leading to a poor choice of rscale
for the full-precision calculation.
Fix this by removing the cap on the local rscale during the initial
low-precision calculation, as we already do in the full-precision
calculation. This doesn't change the fact that the initial calculation
is a low-precision approximation, computing the logarithm to around 8
significant digits, which is very fast, especially when the base is
very close to 1.
Patch by me, reviewed by Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV-Ceu%2BHpRMf416yUe4KKFv%3DtdgXQAe5-7S9tD%3D5E-T1g%40mail.gmail.com
A couple of newer ones are available. There are no functional
differences, but let's get them in anyway, so that there is no
surprise diff next time someone wants to do some actual work in this
area.
get_variable_range() would incautiously believe that statistics
containing only an MCV list are sufficient to derive a range estimate.
That's okay for an enum-like column that contains only MCVs, but
otherwise the estimate could be pretty bad. Make it report that the
range is indeterminate unless the MCVs plus nullfrac account for
the whole table.
I don't think this needs a dedicated test case, since a quick code
coverage check verifies that the existing regression tests traverse
all the alternatives. There is room to doubt that a future-proof
test case could be built anyway, given that the submitted example
accidentally doesn't fail before v11.
Per bug #17207 from Simon Perepelitsa. Back-patch to v10.
In principle this has been broken all along, but I'm hesitant to
make such changes in 9.6, since if anyone is unhappy with 9.6.24's
behavior there will be no second chance to fix it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17207-5265aefa79e333b4@postgresql.org
Commit 84f5c2908 forgot to consider the possibility that
EnsurePortalSnapshotExists could run inside a subtransaction with
lifespan shorter than the Portal's. In that case, the new active
snapshot would be popped at the end of the subtransaction, leaving
a dangling pointer in the Portal, with mayhem ensuing.
To fix, make sure the ActiveSnapshot stack entry is marked with
the same subtransaction nesting level as the associated Portal.
It's certainly safe to do so since we won't be here at all unless
the stack is empty; hence we can't create an out-of-order stack.
Let's also apply this logic in the case where PortalRunUtility
sets portalSnapshot, just to be sure that path can't cause similar
problems. It's slightly less clear that that path can't create
an out-of-order stack, so add an assertion guarding it.
Report and patch by Bertrand Drouvot (with kibitzing by me).
Back-patch to v11, like the previous commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ff82b8c5-77f4-3fe7-6028-fcf3303e82dd@amazon.com
The code inconsistently used "statistic object" or "statistics" where
the correct term, as discussed, is actually "statistics object". This
improves the state of the code to be more consistent.
While on it, fix an incorrect error message introduced in a4d75c8. This
error should never happen, as the code states, but it would be
misleading.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210924215827.GS831@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 14
Splitting the time field into days and microseconds is pretty
useless when we're just going to recombine those values.
It's unclear if anyone will notice the speedup in real-world
cases, but a cycle shaved is a cycle earned.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2629129.1632675713@sss.pgh.pa.us
This runtime-computed GUC shows the number of huge pages required
for the server's main shared memory area, taking advantage of the
work done in 0c39c29 and 0bd305e. This is useful for users to estimate
the amount of huge pages required for a server as it becomes possible to
do an estimation without having to start the server and potentially
allocate a large chunk of shared memory.
The number of huge pages is calculated based on the existing GUC
huge_page_size if set, or by using the system's default by looking at
/proc/meminfo on Linux. There is nothing new here as this commit reuses
the existing calculation methods, and just exposes this information
directly to the user. The routine calculating the huge page size is
refactored to limit the number of files with platform-specific flags.
This new GUC's name was the most popular choice based on the discussion
done. This is only supported on Linux.
I have taken the time to test the change on Linux, Windows and MacOS,
though for the last two ones large pages are not supported. The first
one calculates correctly the number of pages depending on the existing
GUC huge_page_size or the system's default.
Thanks to Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane,
Justin Pryzby (and anybody forgotten here) for the discussion.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F2772387-CE0F-46BF-B5F1-CC55516EB885@amazon.com
The rewriter transformation for SEARCH BREADTH FIRST produces a
FieldSelect on a Var of type RECORD, where the Var references the
recursive union's worktable output. EXPLAIN VERBOSE failed to handle
this case, because it only expected such Vars to appear in CteScans
not WorkTableScans. Fix that, and add some test cases exercising
EXPLAIN on SEARCH and CYCLE queries.
In principle this oversight is an old bug, but it seems that the
case is unreachable without SEARCH BREADTH FIRST, because the
parser fails when attempting to create such a reference manually.
So for today I'll just patch HEAD/v14. Someday we might find that
the code portion of this patch needs to be back-patched further.
Per report from Atsushi Torikoshi.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5bafa66ad529e11860339565c9e7c166@oss.nttdata.com
Session statistics, as introduced by 960869da08, had several shortcomings:
- an additional GetCurrentTimestamp() call that also impaired the accuracy of
the data collected
This can be avoided by passing the current timestamp we already have in
pgstat_report_stat().
- an additional statistics UDP packet sent every 500ms
This is solved by adding the new statistics to PgStat_MsgTabstat.
This is conceptually ugly, because session statistics are not
table statistics. But the struct already contains data unrelated
to tables, so there is not much damage done.
Connection and disconnection are reported in separate messages, which
reduces the number of additional messages to two messages per session and a
slight increase in PgStat_MsgTabstat size (but the same number of table
stats fit).
- Session time computation could overflow on systems where long is 32 bit.
Reported-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210801205501.nyxzxoelqoo4x2qc%40alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 14-, where the feature was introduced.
Until now, the -C option of postgres was handled before a small subset
of GUCs computed at runtime are initialized, leading to incorrect
results as GUC machinery would fall back to default values for such
parameters.
For example, data_checksums could report "off" for a cluster as the
control file is not loaded yet. Or wal_segment_size would show a
segment size at 16MB even if initdb --wal-segsize used something else.
Worse, the command would fail to properly report the recently-introduced
shared_memory, that requires to load shared_preload_libraries as these
could ask for a chunk of shared memory.
Support for runtime GUCs comes with a limitation, as the operation is
now allowed on a running server. One notable reason for this is that
_PG_init() functions of loadable libraries are called before all
runtime-computed GUCs are initialized, and this is not guaranteed to be
safe to do on running servers. For the case of shared_memory_size,
where we want to know how much memory would be used without allocating
it, this limitation is fine. Another case where this will help is for
huge pages, with the introduction of a different GUC to evaluate the
amount of huge pages required for a server before starting it, without
having to allocate large chunks of memory.
This feature is controlled with a new GUC flag, and four parameters are
classified as runtime-computed as of this change:
- data_checksums
- shared_memory_size
- data_directory_mode
- wal_segment_size
Some TAP tests are added to provide some coverage here, using
data_checksums in the tests of pg_checksums.
Per discussion with Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby, Magnus Hagander and
more.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F2772387-CE0F-46BF-B5F1-CC55516EB885@amazon.com
Up to now the size of a query's rangetable has been limited by the
constants INNER_VAR et al, which mustn't be equal to any real
rangetable index. 65000 doubtless seemed like enough for anybody,
and it still is orders of magnitude larger than the number of joins
we can realistically handle. However, we need a rangetable entry
for each child partition that is (or might be) processed by a query.
Queries with a few thousand partitions are getting more realistic,
so that the day when that limit becomes a problem is in sight,
even if it's not here yet. Hence, let's raise the limit.
Rather than just increase the values of INNER_VAR et al, this patch
adopts the approach of making them small negative values, so that
rangetables could theoretically become as long as INT_MAX.
The bulk of the patch is concerned with changing Var.varno and some
related variables from "Index" (unsigned int) to plain "int". This
is basically cosmetic, with little actual effect other than to help
debuggers print their values nicely. As such, I've only bothered
with changing places that could actually see INNER_VAR et al, which
the parser and most of the planner don't. We do have to be careful
in places that are performing less/greater comparisons on varnos,
but there are very few such places, other than the IS_SPECIAL_VARNO
macro itself.
A notable side effect of this patch is that while it used to be
possible to add INNER_VAR et al to a Bitmapset, that will now
draw an error. I don't see any likelihood that it wouldn't be a
bug to include these fake varnos in a bitmapset of real varnos,
so I think this is all to the good.
Although this touches outfuncs/readfuncs, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, since stored rules would never contain Vars
with these fake varnos.
Andrey Lepikhov and Tom Lane, after a suggestion by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43c7f2f5-1e27-27aa-8c65-c91859d15190@postgrespro.ru
All the types supported were listed directly in the README, but it was
very outdated. Rather than listing all the types supported in the
README, this commit adds a reference to look at ResourceOwnerData in
resowner.c to get this information.
The order of the paragraphs is reworked a bit for clarity.
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHtfT9z=4H5+F7DOy0OyNHAaVwuRcakt9b2t2uADOaiag@mail.gmail.com
The previous protocol expected a set of matching characters to check if
a message sent was the last one or not, that changed depending on the
destination wanted:
- 't' and 'f' tracked the last message of a log sent to stderr.
- 'T' and 'F' tracked the last message of a log sent to csvlog.
This could be extended with more characters when introducing new
destinations, but using a bitmask is much more elegant. This commit
changes the protocol so as a bitmask is used in the header of a log
chunk message sent to the syslogger, with the following options
available for now:
- log_destination as stderr.
- log_destination as csvlog.
- if a message is the last chunk of a message.
Sehrope found this issue in a patch set to introduce JSON as an option
for log_destination, but his patch made the size of the protocol header
larger. This commit keeps the same size as the original, and adapts the
protocol as wanted.
Thanks also to Andrew Dunstan and Greg Stark for the discussion.
Author: Michael Paquier, Sehrope Sarkuni
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
The Value node struct is a weird construct. It is its own node type,
but most of the time, it actually has a node type of Integer, Float,
String, or BitString. As a consequence, the struct name and the node
type don't match most of the time, and so it has to be treated
specially a lot. There doesn't seem to be any value in the special
construct. There is very little code that wants to accept all Value
variants but nothing else (and even if it did, this doesn't provide
any convenient way to check it), and most code wants either just one
particular node type (usually String), or it accepts a broader set of
node types besides just Value.
This change removes the Value struct and node type and replaces them
by separate Integer, Float, String, and BitString node types that are
proper node types and structs of their own and behave mostly like
normal node types.
Also, this removes the T_Null node tag, which was previously also a
possible variant of Value but wasn't actually used outside of the
Value contained in A_Const. Replace that by an isnull field in
A_Const.
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ba6bc5b-3f95-04f2-2419-f8ddb4c046fb@enterprisedb.com
Commit 01e658fa74 added hash support for row types. This also added
support for hashing anonymous record types, using the same approach
that the type cache uses for comparison support for record types: It
just reports that it works, but it might fail at run time if a
component type doesn't actually support the operation. We get away
with that for comparison because most types support that. But some
types don't support hashing, so the current state can result in
failures at run time where the planner chooses hashing over sorting,
whereas that previously worked if only sorting was an option.
We do, however, want the record hashing support for path tracking in
recursive unions, and the SEARCH and CYCLE clauses built on that. In
that case, hashing is the only plan option. So enable that, this
commit implements the following approach: The type cache does not
report that hashing is available for the record type. This undoes
that part of 01e658fa74. Instead, callers that require hashing no
matter what can override that result themselves. This patch only
touches the callers to make the aforementioned recursive query cases
work, namely the parse analysis of unions, as well as the hash_array()
function.
Reported-by: Sait Talha Nisanci <sait.nisanci@microsoft.com>
Bug: #17158
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/17158-8a2ba823982537a4%40postgresql.org
This runtime-computed GUC shows the size of the server's main shared
memory area, taking into account the amount of shared memory allocated
by extensions as this is calculated after processing
shared_preload_libraries.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F2772387-CE0F-46BF-B5F1-CC55516EB885@amazon.com
All the code paths simplified here were already using a boolean or used
an expression that led to zero or one, making the extra bits
unnecessary.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210428182936.GE27406@telsasoft.com
Historically, timetz_zone() has used time(NULL) as the reference point
for deciding whether DST is active. That means its result can change
intra-statement, requiring it to be marked VOLATILE (cf. 35979e6c3).
But that definition is pretty inconsistent with the way we deal with
timestamps elsewhere. Let's make it use the transaction start time
("now()") as the reference point instead. That lets it be marked
STABLE, and also saves a kernel call per invocation.
While at it, remove the function's use of pg_time_t and pg_localtime.
Those are inconsistent with the other code in this area, which indeed
created a bug: timetz_zone() delivered completely wrong answers if
the zone was specified by a dynamic TZ abbreviation. (We need to do
something about that in the back branches, but the fix will look
different from this.)
Aleksander Alekseev and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TOMG8zSNEZtCn5SPe+cCk3Lfxb71ZaQwT2F4T7PJ_t=KA@mail.gmail.com
Use one fileset for the entire worker lifetime instead of using
separate filesets for each streaming transaction. Now, the
changes/subxacts files for every streaming transaction will be
created under the same fileset and the files will be deleted
after the transaction is completed.
This patch extends the BufFileOpenFileSet and BufFileDeleteFileSet
APIs to allow users to specify whether to give an error on missing
files.
Author: Dilip Kumar, based on suggestion by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Masahiko Sawada, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1mCC6U-0004Ik-Fs@gemulon.postgresql.org
unpack_sql_state() has been introduced in d46bc44 to refactor the
unpacking of a SQLSTATE into a string, but it forgot one code path when
sending error reports to clients that could make use of it. This
changes the code to also use unpack_sql_state() there, simplifying a bit
the code.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuYituuD1-VVZUNcmCQuc3ZzZMPoO57POgm8tnXOkwJAA@mail.gmail.com
The code printing expressions for extended statistics doubled the
parens, producing results like ((a+1)), which is unnecessary and not
consistent with how we print expressions elsewhere.
Fixed by tweaking the code to produce just a single set of parens.
Reported by Mark Dilger, fix by me. Backpatch to 14, where support for
extended statistics on expressions was added.
Reported-by: Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210122040101.GF27167%40telsasoft.com
When starting to use a query parsetree loaded from the catalogs,
we must begin by applying AcquireRewriteLocks(), to obtain the same
relation locks that the parser would have gotten if the query were
entered interactively, and to do some other cleanup such as dealing
with later-dropped columns. New-style SQL functions are just as
subject to this rule as other stored parsetrees; however, of the
places dealing with such functions, only init_sql_fcache had gotten
the memo. In particular, if we successfully inlined a new-style
set-returning SQL function that contained any relation references,
we'd either get an assertion failure or attempt to use those
relation(s) sans locks.
I also added AcquireRewriteLocks calls to fmgr_sql_validator and
print_function_sqlbody. Desultory experiments didn't demonstrate any
failures in those, but I suspect that I just didn't try hard enough.
Certainly we don't expect nearby code paths to operate without locks.
On the same logic of it-ought-to-have-the-same-effects-as-the-old-code,
call pg_rewrite_query() in fmgr_sql_validator, too. It's possible
that neither code path there needs to bother with rewriting, but
doing the analysis to prove that is beyond my goals for today.
Per bug #17161 from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17161-048a1cdff8422800@postgresql.org
Move fileset related implementation out of sharedfileset.c to allow its
usage by backends that don't want to share filesets among different
processes. After this split, fileset infrastructure is used by both
sharedfileset.c and worker.c for the named temporary files that survive
across transactions.
Author: Dilip Kumar, based on suggestion by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Masahiko Sawada, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1mCC6U-0004Ik-Fs@gemulon.postgresql.org
The distance in phrase operator must be an integer value between zero
and MAXENTRYPOS inclusive. But previously the error message about
its valid value included the information about its upper limit
but not lower limit (i.e., zero). This commit improves the error message
so that it also includes the information about its lower limit.
Back-patch to v9.6 where full-text phrase search was supported.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210819.170315.1413060634876301811.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Previously log messages late during shutdown could end up using either another
backend's PgBackendStatus (multi user) or segfault (single user) because
pgstat_get_my_query_id()'s check for !MyBEEntry didn't filter out use after
pgstat_beshutdown_hook().
This became a bug in 4f0b0966c8, but was a bit fishy before. But given
there's no known problematic cases before 14, it doesn't seem worth
backpatching further.
Also fixes a wrong filename in a comment, introduced in e1025044.
Reported-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Backpatch: 14-
This is a combined revert of the following commits:
- c3826f8, a refactoring piece that moved the hex decoding code to
src/common/. This code was cleaned up by aef8948, as it originally
included no overflow checks in the same way as the base64 routines in
src/common/ used by SCRAM, making it unsafe for its purpose.
- aef8948, a more advanced refactoring of the hex encoding/decoding code
to src/common/ that added sanity checks on the result buffer for hex
decoding and encoding. As reported by Hans Buschmann, those overflow
checks are expensive, and it is possible to see a performance drop in
the decoding/encoding of bytea or LOs the longer they are. Simple SQLs
working on large bytea values show a clear difference in perf profile.
- ccf4e27, a cleanup made possible by aef8948.
The reverts of all those commits bring back the performance of hex
decoding and encoding back to what it was in ~13. Fow now and
post-beta3, this is the simplest option.
Reported-by: Hans Buschmann
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1629039545467.80333@nidsa.net
Backpatch-through: 14
The existing data structures in inval.c are fairly inefficient for
the common case of a command or subtransaction that registers a small
number of cache invalidation events. While this doesn't matter if we
commit right away, it can build up to a lot of bloat in a transaction
that contains many DDL operations. By making a few more assumptions
about the expected use-case, we can switch to a representation using
densely-packed arrays. Although this eliminates some data-copying,
it doesn't seem to make much difference time-wise. But the space
consumption decreases substantially.
Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2380555.1622395376@sss.pgh.pa.us
If the replacement string doesn't contain \1...\9, then we don't
need sub-match locations, so we can use the REG_NOSUB optimization
here too. There's already a pre-scan of the replacement string
to look for backslashes, so extend that to check for digits, and
refactor to allow that to happen before we compile the regexp.
While at it, try to speed up the pre-scan by using memchr() instead
of a handwritten loop. It's likely that this is lost in the noise
compared to the regexp processing proper, but maybe not. In any
case, this coding is shorter.
Also, add some test cases to improve the poor coverage of
appendStringInfoRegexpSubstr().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3534632.1628536485@sss.pgh.pa.us
Identifying the precise match locations for parenthesized subexpressions
is a fairly expensive task given the way our regexp engine works, both
at regexp compile time (where we must create an optimized NFA for each
parenthesized subexpression) and at runtime (where determining exact
match locations requires laborious search).
Up to now we've made little attempt to optimize this situation. This
patch identifies cases where we know at compile time that we won't
need to know subexpression match locations, and teaches the regexp
compiler to not bother creating per-subexpression regexps for
parenthesis pairs that are not referenced by backrefs elsewhere in
the regexp. (To preserve semantics, we obviously still have to
pin down the match locations of backref references.) Users could
have obtained the same results before this by being careful to
write "non capturing" parentheses wherever possible, but few people
bother with that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2219936.1628115334@sss.pgh.pa.us
As reported by a few OSX buildfarm animals there exist at least one path where
temporary files exist during AtProcExit_Files() processing. As temporary file
cleanup causes pgstat reporting, the assertions added in ee3f8d3d3a caused
failures.
This is not an OSX specific issue, we were just lucky that timing on OSX
reliably triggered the problem. The known way to cause this is a FATAL error
during perform_base_backup() with a MANIFEST used - adding an elog(FATAL)
after InitializeBackupManifest() reliably reproduces the problem in isolation.
The problem is that the temporary file created in InitializeBackupManifest()
is not cleaned up via resource owner cleanup as WalSndResourceCleanup()
currently is only used for non-FATAL errors. That then allows to reach
AtProcExit_Files() with existing temporary files, causing the assertion
failure.
To fix this problem, move temporary file cleanup to a before_shmem_exit() hook
and add assertions ensuring that no temporary files are created before / after
temporary file management has been initialized / shut down. The cleanest way
to do so seems to be to split fd.c initialization into two, one for plain file
access and one for temporary file access.
Right now there's no need to perform further fd.c cleanup during process exit,
so I just renamed AtProcExit_Files() to BeforeShmemExit_Files(). Alternatively
we could perform another pass through the files to check that no temporary
files exist, but the added assertions seem to provide enough protection
against that.
It might turn out that the assertions added in ee3f8d3d3a will cause too much
noise - in that case we'll have to downgrade them to a WARNING, at least
temporarily.
This commit is not necessarily the best approach to address this issue, but it
should resolve the buildfarm failures. We can revise later.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210807190131.2bm24acbebl4wl6i@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously pgstat_initialize() was called in InitPostgres() and
AuxiliaryProcessMain(). As it turns out there was at least one case where we
reported stats before pgstat_initialize() was called, see
AutoVacWorkerMain()'s intentionally early call to pgstat_report_autovac().
This turns out to not be a problem with the current pgstat implementation as
pgstat_initialize() only registers a shutdown callback. But in the shared
memory based stats implementation we are working towards pgstat_initialize()
has to do more work.
After b406478b87 BaseInit() is a central place where initialization shared by
normal backends and auxiliary backends can be put. Obviously BaseInit() is
called before InitPostgres() registers ShutdownPostgres. Previously
ShutdownPostgres was the first before_shmem_exit callback, now that's commonly
pgstats. That should be fine.
Previously pgstat_initialize() was not called in bootstrap mode, but there
does not appear to be a need for that. It's now done unconditionally.
To detect future issues like this, assertions are added to a few places
verifying that the pgstat subsystem is initialized and not yet shut down.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210405092914.mmxqe7j56lsjfsej@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210802164124.ufo5buo4apl6yuvs@alap3.anarazel.de
Formerly, the numeric code tested whether an integer value of a larger
type would fit in a smaller type by casting it to the smaller type and
then testing if the reverse conversion produced the original value.
That's perfectly fine, except that it caused a test failure on
buildfarm animal castoroides, most likely due to a compiler bug.
Instead, do these tests by comparing against PG_INT16/32_MIN/MAX. That
matches existing code in other places, such as int84(), which is more
widely tested, and so is less likely to go wrong.
While at it, add regression tests covering the numeric-to-int8/4/2
conversions, and adjust the recently added tests to the style of
434ddfb79a (on the v11 branch) to make failures easier to diagnose.
Per buildfarm via Tom Lane, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2394813.1628179479%40sss.pgh.pa.us
For EXEC_BACKEND InitProcess()/InitAuxiliaryProcess() needs to have been
called well before we call BaseInit(), as SubPostmasterMain() needs LWLocks to
work. Having the order of initialization differ between platforms makes it
unnecessarily hard to understand the system and to add initialization points
for new subsystems without a lot of duplication.
To be able to change the order, BaseInit() cannot trigger
CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores() anymore - obviously that needs to have
happened before we can call InitProcess(). It seems cleaner to create shared
memory explicitly in single user/bootstrap mode anyway.
After this change the separation of bufmgr initialization into
InitBufferPoolAccess() / InitBufferPoolBackend() is not meaningful anymore so
the latter is removed.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210802164124.ufo5buo4apl6yuvs@alap3.anarazel.de
For one, the existing location lead to somewhat awkward code in main(). For
another, the new location is easier to understand anyway.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210802164124.ufo5buo4apl6yuvs@alap3.anarazel.de
This fixes a long-standing bug when using to_char() to format a
numeric value in scientific notation -- if the value's exponent is
less than -NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE-1 (-1001), it produced a
division-by-zero error.
The reason for this error was that get_str_from_var_sci() divides its
input by 10^exp, which it produced using power_var_int(). However, the
underflow test in power_var_int() causes it to return zero if the
result scale is too small. That's not a problem for power_var_int()'s
only other caller, power_var(), since that limits the rscale to 1000,
but in get_str_from_var_sci() the exponent can be much smaller,
requiring a much larger rscale. Fix by introducing a new function to
compute 10^exp directly, with no rscale limit. This also allows 10^exp
to be computed more efficiently, without any numeric multiplication,
division or rounding.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWhojfH4whaqgUKBe8D5jNHB8ytzemL-PnRx+KCTyMXmg@mail.gmail.com
These have been unrelated since bgwriter and checkpointer were split into two
processes in 806a2aee37. As there several pending patches (shared memory
stats, extending the set of tracked IO / buffer statistics) that are made a
bit more awkward by the grouping, split them. Done separately to make
reviewing easier.
This does *not* change the contents of pg_stat_bgwriter or move fields out of
bgwriter/checkpointer stats that arguably do not belong in either. However
pgstat_fetch_global() was renamed and split into
pgstat_fetch_stat_checkpointer() and pgstat_fetch_stat_bgwriter().
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210405092914.mmxqe7j56lsjfsej@alap3.anarazel.de
This patch adds new functions regexp_count(), regexp_instr(),
regexp_like(), and regexp_substr(), and extends regexp_replace()
with some new optional arguments. All these functions follow
the definitions used in Oracle, although there are small differences
in the regexp language due to using our own regexp engine -- most
notably, that the default newline-matching behavior is different.
Similar functions appear in DB2 and elsewhere, too. Aside from
easing portability, these functions are easier to use for certain
tasks than our existing regexp_match[es] functions.
Gilles Darold, heavily revised by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fc160ee0-c843-b024-29bb-97b5da61971f@darold.net
This fixes a couple of related problems that arise when raising
numbers to very large powers.
Firstly, when raising a negative number to a very large integer power,
the result should be well-defined, but the previous code would only
cope if the exponent was small enough to go through power_var_int().
Otherwise it would throw an internal error, attempting to take the
logarithm of a negative number. Fix this by adding suitable handling
to the general case in power_var() to cope with negative bases,
checking for integer powers there.
Next, when raising a (positive or negative) number whose absolute
value is slightly less than 1 to a very large power, the result should
approach zero as the power is increased. However, in some cases, for
sufficiently large powers, this would lose all precision and return 1
instead of 0. This was due to the way that the local_rscale was being
calculated for the final full-precision calculation:
local_rscale = rscale + (int) val - ln_dweight + 8
The first two terms on the right hand side are meant to give the
number of significant digits required in the result ("val" being the
estimated result weight). However, this failed to account for the fact
that rscale is clipped to a maximum of NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE
(1000), and the result weight might be less then -1000, causing their
sum to be negative, leading to a loss of precision. Fix this by
forcing the number of significant digits calculated to be nonnegative.
It's OK for it to be zero (when the result weight is less than -1000),
since the local_rscale value then includes a few extra digits to
ensure an accurate result.
Finally, add additional underflow checks to exp_var() and power_var(),
so that they consistently return zero for cases like this where the
result is indistinguishable from zero. Some paths through this code
already returned zero in such cases, but others were throwing overflow
errors.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Yugo Nagata.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW6Dvq7+3wN3tt5jLj-FyOcUgT5xNoOqce5=6Su0bCR0w@mail.gmail.com
This changes the behavior of examining the pg_file_settings view after
changing a config option that requires restart. The user needs to know
that any change of such options does not take effect until a restart,
and this worked correctly if the line is edited without removing it.
However, for the case where the line is removed altogether, the flag
doesn't get set, because a flag was only set in set_config_option, but
that's not called for lines removed. Repair.
(Ref.: commits 62d16c7fc5 and a486e35706)
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202107262302.xsfdfc5sb7sh@alvherre.pgsql
The error messages using the word "non-negative" are confusing
because it's ambiguous about whether it accepts zero or not.
This commit improves those error messages by replacing it with
less ambiguous word like "greater than zero" or
"greater than or equal to zero".
Also this commit added the note about the word "non-negative" to
the error message style guide, to help writing the new error messages.
When postgres_fdw option fetch_size was set to zero, previously
the error message "fetch_size requires a non-negative integer value"
was reported. This error message was outright buggy. Therefore
back-patch to all supported versions where such buggy error message
could be thrown.
Reported-by: Hou Zhijie
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716415335A06B489F1B3A8194569@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This patch causes EXPLAIN output to refer to objects that are in
the current session's temp schema with the "pg_temp" schema alias
rather than that schema's actual name. This is useful for our own
testing purposes since it will stabilize EXPLAIN VERBOSE output
for such cases, allowing us to use that in regression tests.
It should be less confusing for end users too.
Since ruleutils.c needs to change behavior for this, the change
also leaks into a few other users of ruleutils.c, for example
pg_get_viewdef(). AFAICS that won't cause any problems.
We did find that aggressively trying to change this behavior
across-the-board would cause issues, but as long as "pg_temp"
only appears within generated SQL text, I think it'll be fine.
Along the way, make get_namespace_name_or_temp conform to the
same API as get_namespace_name, ie that it returns a palloc'd
string or NULL. The current behavior hasn't caused any bugs
since no callers attempt to pfree the result, but if it gets
more widespread usage that could become a problem.
Amul Sul, reviewed and extended by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97W=QaGmag9AhWNbmx3uEYsNkXWL+OVW1_E1D3BtgWvtw@mail.gmail.com
Formerly, when specifying NUMERIC(precision, scale), the scale had to
be in the range [0, precision], which was per SQL spec. This commit
extends the range of allowed scales to [-1000, 1000], independent of
the precision (whose valid range remains [1, 1000]).
A negative scale implies rounding before the decimal point. For
example, a column might be declared with a scale of -3 to round values
to the nearest thousand. Note that the display scale remains
non-negative, so in this case the display scale will be zero, and all
digits before the decimal point will be displayed.
A scale greater than the precision supports fractional values with
zeros immediately after the decimal point.
Take the opportunity to tidy up the code that packs, unpacks and
validates the contents of a typmod integer, encapsulating it in a
small set of new inline functions.
Bump the catversion because the allowed contents of atttypmod have
changed for numeric columns. This isn't a change that requires a
re-initdb, but negative scale values in the typmod would confuse old
backends.
Dean Rasheed, with additional improvements by Tom Lane. Reviewed by
Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWdNLgpKihmURF8nfofP0RFtAKJ7ktY6GcZOPnMfUoRqA@mail.gmail.com
In postgresql.conf, memory and file size GUCs can be specified with "B"
(bytes) as of b06d8e58b. Likewise, time GUCs can be specified with "us"
(microseconds) as of caf626b2c. Update postgres.conf.sample to reflect
that fact.
Pavel Luzanov
Backpatch to v12, which is the earliest version that allows both of
these units. A separate commit will document the "B" case for v11.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f10d16fc-8fa0-1b3c-7371-cb3a35a13b7a%40postgrespro.ru
It has been spotted that multiranges lack of ability to decompose them into
individual ranges. Subscription and proper expanded object representation
require substantial work, and it's too late for v14. This commit
provides the implementation of unnest(multirange), which is quite trivial.
unnest(multirange) is defined as a polymorphic procedure.
Catversion is bumped.
Reported-by: Jonathan S. Katz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/60258efe-bd7e-4886-82e1-196e0cac5433%40postgresql.org
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Jonathan S. Katz, Zhihong Yu, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Commit 0563a3a8b changed how partition constraints were generated such
that this function no longer computes the mapping of parent attnos to
child attnos.
This is an external function that extensions could use, so this is
potentially a breaking change. No external callers are known, however,
and this will make it simpler to write such callers in the future.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Michael Paquier, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/OS0PR01MB5716A75A45BE46101A1B489894379@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
"Result Cache" was never a great name for this node, but nobody managed
to come up with another name that anyone liked enough. That was until
David Johnston mentioned "Node Memoization", which Tom Lane revised to
just "Memoize". People seem to like "Memoize", so let's do the rename.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210708165145.GG1176@momjian.us
Backpatch-through: 14, where Result Cache was introduced
41469253e went to the trouble of removing a theoretical bug from
free_sort_tuple by checking if the tuple was NULL before freeing it. Let's
make this a little more robust by also setting the tuple to NULL so that
should we be called again we won't end up doing a pfree on the already
pfree'd tuple. Per advice from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3188192.1626136953@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 9.6, same as 41469253e
This fixes a theoretical bug in tuplesort.c which, if a bounded sort was
used in combination with a byval Datum sort (tuplesort_begin_datum), when
switching the sort to a bounded heap in make_bounded_heap(), we'd call
free_sort_tuple(). The problem was that when sorting Datums of a byval
type, the tuple is NULL and free_sort_tuple() would free the memory for it
regardless of that. This would result in a crash.
Here we fix that simply by adding a check to see if the tuple is NULL
before trying to disassociate and free any memory belonging to it.
The reason this bug is only theoretical is that nowhere in the current
code base do we do tuplesort_set_bound() when performing a Datum sort.
However, let's backpatch a fix for this as if any extension uses the code
in this way then it's likely to cause problems.
Author: Ronan Dunklau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpdoqNC5FjDb3KUTSMs5dg6f+XxH4Bg_dVcLi8UYAG3EQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6, oldest supported version
If an error occurred in the wrong place, it was possible to leave an
unintialized entry in the hash table, leading to a crash. Fixed.
Also, be more careful about the order of operations so that an
allocation error doesn't leak memory in CacheMemoryContext or
unnecessarily advance NextRecordTypmod.
Backpatch through version 11. Earlier versions (prior to 35ea75632a)
do not exhibit the problem, because an uninitialized hash entry
contains a valid empty list.
Author: Sait Talha Nisanci <Sait.Nisanci@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR8303MB009069D476225B9A9E194B8891779@HE1PR8303MB0090.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 11
This fixes an overflow error when using the numeric * operator if the
result has more than 16383 digits after the decimal point by rounding
the result. Overflow errors should only occur if the result has too
many digits *before* the decimal point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUmeFWCrq2dNzZpRj5+6LfN85jYiDoqm+ucSXhb9U2TbA@mail.gmail.com
There was talk about adding units all the way up to yottabytes but it
seems quite far-fetched that anyone would need those. Since such large
units are not exactly commonplace, it seems unlikely that having
pg_size_pretty outputting unit any larger than petabytes would actually be
helpful to anyone.
Since petabytes are on the horizon, let's just add those only. Maybe one
day we'll get to add additional units, but it will likely be a while
before we'll need to think beyond petabytes in regards to the size of a
database.
Author: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOxo6XKmHc_WZip-x5QwaOqFEiCq_SVD0B7sbTZQk+qqcn2qaw@mail.gmail.com
We've grown 2 versions of pg_size_pretty over the years, one for BIGINT
and one for NUMERIC. Both should output the same, but keeping them in
sync is harder than needed due to neither function sharing a source of
truth about which units to use and how to transition to the next largest
unit.
Here we add a static array which defines the units that we recognize and
have both pg_size_pretty and pg_size_pretty_numeric use it. This will
make adding any units in the future a very simple task.
The table contains all information required to allow us to also modify
pg_size_bytes to use the lookup table, so adjust that too.
There are no behavioral changes here.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, Tom Lane, David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvru1F7qsEVL-iOHeezJ+5WVxXnyD_Jo9nht+Eh85ekK-Q@mail.gmail.com
Due to how pg_size_pretty(bigint) was implemented, it's possible that when
given a negative number of bytes that the returning value would not match
the equivalent positive return value when given the equivalent positive
number of bytes. This was due to two separate issues.
1. The function used bit shifting to convert the number of bytes into
larger units. The rounding performed by bit shifting is not the same as
dividing. For example -3 >> 1 = -2, but -3 / 2 = -1. These two
operations are only equivalent with positive numbers.
2. The half_rounded() macro rounded towards positive infinity. This meant
that negative numbers rounded towards zero and positive numbers rounded
away from zero.
Here we fix#1 by dividing the values instead of bit shifting. We fix#2
by adjusting the half_rounded macro always to round away from zero.
Additionally, adjust the pg_size_pretty(numeric) function to be more
explicit that it's using division rather than bit shifting. A casual
observer might have believed bit shifting was used due to a static
function being named numeric_shift_right. However, that function was
calculating the divisor from the number of bits and performed division.
Here we make that more clear. This change is just cosmetic and does not
affect the return value of the numeric version of the function.
Here we also add a set of regression tests both versions of
pg_size_pretty() which test the values directly before and after the
function switches to the next unit.
This bug was introduced in 8a1fab36a. Prior to that negative values were
always displayed in bytes.
Author: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXnNW4HsmZnxhfezR5FuiGgp+mkY4AzcL5eRGO4fuadWg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6, where the bug was introduced.
Commit 03ffc4d6d added logic to bypass all caching behavior in
LookupOpclassInfo when CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is enabled. It doesn't
look like I stopped to think much about what that would cost, but
recent investigation shows that the cost is enormous: it roughly
doubles the time needed for cache-clobber test runs.
There does seem to be value in this behavior when trying to test
the opclass-cache loading logic itself, but for other purposes the
cost is excessive. Hence, let's back off to doing this only when
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always is at least 3; or in older
branches, when CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVELY is defined.
While here, clean up some other minor issues in LookupOpclassInfo.
Re-order the code so we aren't left with broken cache entries (leading
to later core dumps) in the unlikely case that we suffer OOM while
trying to allocate space for a new entry. (That seems to be my
oversight in 03ffc4d6d.) Also, in >= v13, stop allocating one array
entry too many. That's evidently left over from sloppy reversion in
851b14b0c.
Back-patch to all supported branches, mainly to reduce the runtime
of cache-clobbering buildfarm animals.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1370856.1625428625@sss.pgh.pa.us
Formerly various numeric aggregate functions supported parallel
aggregation by having each worker convert partial aggregate values to
Numeric and use numeric_send() as part of serializing their state.
That's problematic, since the range of Numeric is smaller than that of
NumericVar, so it's possible for it to overflow (on either side of the
decimal point) in cases that would succeed in non-parallel mode.
Fix by serializing NumericVars instead, to avoid the overflow risk and
ensure that parallel and non-parallel modes work the same.
A side benefit is that this improves the efficiency of the
serialization/deserialization code, which can make a noticeable
difference to performance with large numbers of parallel workers.
No back-patch due to risk from changing the binary format of the
aggregate serialization states, as well as lack of prior field
complaints and low probability of such overflows in practice.
Patch by me. Thanks to David Rowley for review and performance
testing, and Ranier Vilela for an additional suggestion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUmeFWCrq2dNzZpRj5+6LfN85jYiDoqm+ucSXhb9U2TbA@mail.gmail.com
This has the advantage to make a process more responsive when the
postmaster dies, even if the wait time was rather limited as there was
only a 50ms timeout here. Another advantage of this change is for
monitoring, as we gain a new wait event for the end-of-vacuum
truncation.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACU4AdPCq6NLfcA-ZGwX7pPCK5FgEj-CAU0xCKzkASSy_A@mail.gmail.com
Several places were performing a tight loop to determine the first power
of 2 number that's > or >= the required memory. Instead of using a loop
for that, we can use pg_nextpower2_32 or pg_nextpower2_64. When we need a
power of 2 number equal to or greater than a given amount, we just pass
the amount to the nextpower2 function. When we need a power of 2 greater
than the amount, we just pass the amount + 1.
Additionally, in tsearch there were a couple of locations that were
performing a while loop when a simple "if" would have done. In both of
these locations only 1 item is being added, so the loop could only have
ever iterated once. Changing the loop into an if statement makes the code
very slightly more optimal as the condition is checked once rather than
twice.
There are quite a few remaining locations that increase the size of the
buffer in the following form:
while (reqsize >= buflen)
{
buflen *= 2;
buf = repalloc(buf, buflen);
}
These are not touched in this commit. repalloc will error out for sizes
larger than MaxAllocSize. Changing these to use pg_nextpower2_32 would
remove the chance of that error being raised. It's unclear from the code
if the sizes could ever become that large, so err on the side of caution.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvp=tns7RL4PH0ZR0M+M-YFLquK7218x=0B_zO+DbOma+w@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu
* Fix enumeration of the multirange operators in calc_multirangesel() and
calc_multirangesel() switches.
* Add more regression tests for matching to empty ranges/multiranges.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c5269c65-f967-77c5-ff7c-15e621c47f6a%40gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 14, where multiranges were introduced
The logic is implemented so as there can be a choice in the compression
used when building a WAL record, and an extra per-record bit is used to
track down if a block is compressed with PGLZ, LZ4 or nothing.
wal_compression, the existing parameter, is changed to an enum with
support for the following backward-compatible values:
- "off", the default, to not use compression.
- "pglz" or "on", to compress FPWs with PGLZ.
- "lz4", the new mode, to compress FPWs with LZ4.
Benchmarking has showed that LZ4 outclasses easily PGLZ. ZSTD would be
also an interesting choice, but going just with LZ4 for now makes the
patch minimalistic as toast compression is already able to use LZ4, so
there is no need to worry about any build-related needs for this
implementation.
Author: Andrey Borodin, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3037310D-ECB7-4BF1-AF20-01C10BB33A33@yandex-team.ru
We were using RelationGetIndexList() to update the relation's replica
identity index but instead, we can directly use RelationGetReplicaIndex()
which uses the same functionality. This is a minor code readability
improvement.
Author: Japin Li
Reviewed-By: Takamichi Osumi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4C99A862-69C8-431F-960A-81B1151F1B89@enterprisedb.com
The setting has no effect except during startup. It's still nice to be
able to change it dynamically, which is expected to be pretty useful to
an admin following crash recovery when restarting the cluster is not so
appealing.
Per discussions following commits 2941138e6 and 61752afb2.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210529192321.GM2082%40telsasoft.com
The main goal of this option is to allow inspecting temporary files for
debugging purposes, so moving the parameter there is natural.
Oversight in cd91de0.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210612004347.GP16435@telsasoft.com
Contrary to the comment here, POSIX does not guarantee atomicity of a
read(), if another process calls write() concurrently. Or at least Linux
does not. Add locking to load_relmap_file() to avoid the race condition.
Fixes bug #17064. Thanks to Alexander Lakhin for the report and test case.
Backpatch-through: 9.6, all supported versions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/17064-bb0d7904ef72add3@postgresql.org
It has been spotted that multiranges lack of ability to decompose them into
individual ranges. Subscription and proper expanded object representation
require substantial work, and it's too late for v14. This commit
provides the implementation of unnest(multirange) and cast multirange as
an array of ranges, which is quite trivial.
unnest(multirange) is defined as a polymorphic procedure. The catalog
description of the cast underlying procedure is duplicated for each multirange
type because we don't have anyrangearray polymorphic type to use here.
Catversion is bumped.
Reported-by: Jonathan S. Katz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/60258efe-bd7e-4886-82e1-196e0cac5433%40postgresql.org
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Jonathan S. Katz, Zhihong Yu
Previously, a zero value for the relfilenode resulted in
a confusing error message about "unexpected duplicate".
This function returns NULL for other invalid relfilenode
values, so zero should be treated likewise.
It's been like this all along, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210612023324.GT16435@telsasoft.com
Commit 2453ea142 redefined pg_proc.proargtypes to include the types of
OUT parameters, for procedures only. While that had some advantages
for implementing the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, it was pretty
disastrous from a number of other perspectives. Notably, since the
primary key of pg_proc is name + proargtypes, this made it possible to
have multiple procedures with identical names + input arguments and
differing output argument types. That would make it impossible to call
any one of the procedures by writing just NULL (or "?", or any other
data-type-free notation) for the output argument(s). The change also
seems likely to cause grave confusion for client applications that
examine pg_proc and expect the traditional definition of proargtypes.
Hence, revert the definition of proargtypes to what it was, and
undo a number of complications that had been added to support that.
To support the SQL-spec behavior of DROP PROCEDURE, when there are
no argmode markers in the command's parameter list, we perform the
lookup both ways (that is, matching against both proargtypes and
proallargtypes), succeeding if we get just one unique match.
In principle this could result in ambiguous-function failures
that would not happen when using only one of the two rules.
However, overloading of procedure names is thought to be a pretty
rare usage, so this shouldn't cause many problems in practice.
Postgres-specific code such as pg_dump can defend against any
possibility of such failures by being careful to specify argmodes
for all procedure arguments.
This also fixes a few other bugs in the area of CALL statements
with named parameters, and improves the documentation a little.
catversion bump forced because the representation of procedures
with OUT arguments changes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3742981.1621533210@sss.pgh.pa.us
The use of this function is limited to superusers and the code includes
a hardcoded check for that. However, the code would look for the PGPROC
entry to signal for the memory dump before checking if the user is a
superuser or not, which does not make sense if we know that an error
will be returned. Note that the code would let one know if a process
was a PostgreSQL process or not even for non-authorized users, which is
not the case now, but this avoids taking ProcArrayLock that will most
likely finish by being unnecessary.
Thanks to Julien Rouhaud and Tom Lane for the discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YLxw1uVGIAP5uMPl@paquier.xyz
This case should be disallowed, just as FOR UPDATE with a plain
GROUP BY is disallowed; FOR UPDATE only makes sense when each row
of the query result can be identified with a single table row.
However, we missed teaching CheckSelectLocking() to check
groupingSets as well as groupClause, so that it would allow
degenerate grouping sets. That resulted in a bad plan and
a null-pointer dereference in the executor.
Looking around for other instances of the same bug, the only one
I found was in examine_simple_variable(). That'd just lead to
silly estimates, but it should be fixed too.
Per private report from Yaoguang Chen.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Braces were referred in some error messages as only brackets (not curly
brackets or curly braces), which can be confusing as other types of
brackets could be used.
While on it, add one test to check after the case of junk characters
detected after a right brace.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210514.153153.1814935914483287479.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Parallel query processes that called BlessTupleDesc() for identical
tuple descriptors at the same moment could crash. There was code to
handle that rare case, but it dereferenced a bogus DSA pointer. Repair.
Back-patch to 11, where commit cc5f8136 added support for sharing tuple
descriptors in parallel queries.
Reported-by: Eric Thinnes <e.thinnes@gmx.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99aaa2eb-e194-bf07-c29a-1a76b4f2bcf9%40gmx.de
Redefine '\0' (InvalidCompressionMethod) as meaning "if we need to
compress, use the current setting of default_toast_compression".
This allows '\0' to be a suitable default choice regardless of
datatype, greatly simplifying code paths that initialize tupledescs
and the like. It seems like a more user-friendly approach as well,
because now the default compression choice doesn't migrate into table
definitions, meaning that changing default_toast_compression is
usually sufficient to flip an installation's behavior; one needn't
tediously issue per-column ALTER SET COMPRESSION commands.
Along the way, fix a few minor bugs and documentation issues
with the per-column-compression feature. Adopt more robust
APIs for SetIndexStorageProperties and GetAttributeCompression.
Bump catversion because typical contents of attcompression will now
be different. We could get away without doing that, but it seems
better to ensure v14 installations all agree on this. (We already
forced initdb for beta2, anyway.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/626613.1621787110@sss.pgh.pa.us
The following parameters have been imprecise, or incorrect, about their
description (PGC_POSTMASTER or PGC_SIGHUP):
- autovacuum_work_mem (docs, as of 9.6~)
- huge_page_size (docs, as of 14~)
- max_logical_replication_workers (docs, as of 10~)
- max_sync_workers_per_subscription (docs, as of 10~)
- min_dynamic_shared_memory (docs, as of 14~)
- recovery_init_sync_method (postgresql.conf.sample, as of 14~)
- remove_temp_files_after_crash (docs, as of 14~)
- restart_after_crash (docs, as of 9.6~)
- ssl_min_protocol_version (docs, as of 12~)
- ssl_max_protocol_version (docs, as of 12~)
This commit adjusts the description of all these parameters to be more
consistent with the practice used for the others.
Revewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YK2ltuLpe+FbRXzA@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.6
COMMIT/ROLLBACK necessarily destroys all snapshots within the session.
The original implementation of intra-procedure transactions just
cavalierly did that, ignoring the fact that this left us executing in
a rather different environment than normal. In particular, it turns
out that handling of toasted datums depends rather critically on there
being an outer ActiveSnapshot: otherwise, when SPI or the core
executor pop whatever snapshot they used and return, it's unsafe to
dereference any toasted datums that may appear in the query result.
It's possible to demonstrate "no known snapshots" and "missing chunk
number N for toast value" errors as a result of this oversight.
Historically this outer snapshot has been held by the Portal code,
and that seems like a good plan to preserve. So add infrastructure
to pquery.c to allow re-establishing the Portal-owned snapshot if it's
not there anymore, and add enough bookkeeping support that we can tell
whether it is or not.
We can't, however, just re-establish the Portal snapshot as part of
COMMIT/ROLLBACK. As in normal transaction start, acquiring the first
snapshot should wait until after SET and LOCK commands. Hence, teach
spi.c about doing this at the right time. (Note that this patch
doesn't fix the problem for any PLs that try to run intra-procedure
transactions without using SPI to execute SQL commands.)
This makes SPI's no_snapshots parameter rather a misnomer, so in HEAD,
rename that to allow_nonatomic.
replication/logical/worker.c also needs some fixes, because it wasn't
careful to hold a snapshot open around AFTER trigger execution.
That code doesn't use a Portal, which I suspect someday we're gonna
have to fix. But for now, just rearrange the order of operations.
This includes back-patching the recent addition of finish_estate()
to centralize the cleanup logic there.
This also back-patches commit 2ecfeda3e into v13, to improve the
test coverage for worker.c (it was that test that exposed that
worker.c's snapshot management is wrong).
Per bug #15990 from Andreas Wicht. Back-patch to v11 where
intra-procedure COMMIT was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15990-eee2ac466b11293d@postgresql.org
Allowing only on/off meant that all either all existing configuration
guides would become obsolete if we disabled it by default, or that we
would have to accept a performance loss in the default config if we
enabled it by default. By allowing 'auto' as a middle ground, the
performance cost is only paid by those who enable pg_stat_statements and
similar modules.
I only edited the release notes to comment-out a paragraph that is now
factually wrong; further edits are probably needed to describe the
related change in more detail.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210513002623.eugftm4nk2lvvks3@nol
Also "make reformat-dat-files".
The only change worthy of note is that pgindent messed up the formatting
of launcher.c's struct LogicalRepWorkerId, which led me to notice that
that struct wasn't used at all anymore, so I just took it out.
Use a static prolog file instead of generating the prolog from the
existing perl script. Also, support generation of the file in a vpath
build.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/700620.1620662868@sss.pgh.pa.us
While we were (mostly) careful about ensuring that the dimensions of
arrays aren't large enough to cause integer overflow, the lower bound
values were generally not checked. This allows situations where
lower_bound + dimension overflows an integer. It seems that that's
harmless so far as array reading is concerned, except that array
elements with subscripts notionally exceeding INT_MAX are inaccessible.
However, it confuses various array-assignment logic, resulting in a
potential for memory stomps.
Fix by adding checks that array lower bounds aren't large enough to
cause lower_bound + dimension to overflow. (Note: this results in
disallowing cases where the last subscript position would be exactly
INT_MAX. In principle we could probably allow that, but there's a lot
of code that computes lower_bound + dimension and would need adjustment.
It seems doubtful that it's worth the trouble/risk to allow it.)
Somewhat independently of that, array_set_element() was careless
about possible overflow when checking the subscript of a fixed-length
array, creating a different route to memory stomps. Fix that too.
Security: CVE-2021-32027
When building without --enable-dtrace, emit dummy
do {} while (0)
statements for the stubbed-out TRACE_POSTGRESQL_foo() macros
instead of empty macros that totally elide the original probe
statement.
This fixes the
warning: suggest braces around empty body in an ‘if’ statement [-Wempty-body]
introduced by b94409a02f.
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20210504221531.cfvpmmdfsou6eitb%40alap3.anarazel.de
This set of commits has some bugs with known fixes, but at this late
stage in the release cycle it seems best to revert and resubmit next
time, along with some new automated test coverage for this whole area.
Commits reverted:
dc88460c: Doc: Review for "Optionally prefetch referenced data in recovery."
1d257577: Optionally prefetch referenced data in recovery.
f003d9f8: Add circular WAL decoding buffer.
323cbe7c: Remove read_page callback from XLogReader.
Remove the new GUC group WAL_RECOVERY recently added by a55a9847, as the
corresponding section of config.sgml is now reverted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOuzzgrn7iKnFRsB4MHp3UisEQAGgZMbk_ViTN4HV4-Ksq8zCg%40mail.gmail.com
It seems that various people have moved GUCs around in the config.sgml
listing without bothering to make the code agree. Ensure that the
config_group codes assigned to GUCs match where they are listed in
config.sgml. Likewise ensure that postgresql.conf.sample lists GUCs
in the same sub-section and same ordering as they appear in config.sgml.
(I've got some doubts about some of these choices, but for the purposes
of this patch, we'll treat config.sgml as gospel.)
Notably, this requires adding a WAL_RECOVERY config_group value,
because 1d257577e didn't. As long as we're renumbering that enum
anyway, let's take out the values corresponding to major groups
that are divided into sub-groups. No GUC should be assigned to the
major group itself, so those values just create a temptation to
do the wrong thing, while adding work for translators.
In passing, adjust the short_desc strings for PRESET_OPTIONS GUCs
to uniformly use the phrasing "Shows XYZ.", removing the impression
some of these strings left that you can set the value.
While some of these errors are old, no back-patch, as changing the
contents of the pg_settings view in stable branches seems more likely
to be seen as a compatibility break than anything helpful.
Bharath Rupireddy, Justin Pryzby, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16997-ff16127f6e0d1390@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210413123139.GE6091@telsasoft.com
The usual behavior for functions in ruleutils.c is to return NULL when
the object does not exist. pg_get_statisticsobjdef_expressions raised an
error instead, so correct that.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210505210947.GA27406%40telsasoft.com
Design problems were discovered in the handling of composite types and
record types that would cause some relevant versions not to be recorded.
Misgivings were also expressed about the use of the pg_depend catalog
for this purpose. We're out of time for this release so we'll revert
and try again.
Commits reverted:
1bf946bd: Doc: Document known problem with Windows collation versions.
cf002008: Remove no-longer-relevant test case.
ef387bed: Fix bogus collation-version-recording logic.
0fb0a050: Hide internal error for pg_collation_actual_version(<bad OID>).
ff942057: Suppress "warning: variable 'collcollate' set but not used".
d50e3b1f: Fix assertion in collation version lookup.
f24b1569: Rethink extraction of collation dependencies.
257836a7: Track collation versions for indexes.
cd6f479e: Add pg_depend.refobjversion.
7d1297df: Remove pg_collation.collversion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLhj5t1fcjqAu8iD9B3ixJtsTNqyCCD4V0aTO9kAKAjjA%40mail.gmail.com
Properly fix:
- the "ONLY" in FROM [ONLY] isn't hashed
- the agglevelsup field in GROUPING isn't hashed
- WITH TIES not being hashed (new in PG 13)
- "DISTINCT" in "GROUP BY [DISTINCT]" isn't hashed (new in PG 14)
Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210425081119.ulyzxqz23ueh3wuj@nol
websearch_to_tsquery() splits text in quotes into tokens and connects them with
phrase operator on its own. However, that leads to surprising results when the
token contains no words.
For instance, websearch_to_tsquery('"aaa: bbb"') is 'aaa <2> bbb', because
it is equivalent of to_tsquery(E'aaa <-> \':\' <-> bbb'). But
websearch_to_tsquery('"aaa: bbb"') has to be 'aaa <-> bbb' in order to match
to_tsvector('aaa: bbb').
Since 0c4f355c6a, we anyway connect lexemes of complex tokens with phrase
operators. Thus, let's just websearch_to_tsquery() parse text in quotes as
a single token. Therefore, websearch_to_tsquery() should process the quoted
text in the same way phraseto_tsquery() does. This solution is what we exactly
need and also simplifies the code.
This commit is an incompatible change, so we don't backpatch it.
Reported-by: Valentin Gatien-Baron
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2B0DEqiZs7gdOd4ikmg%3D0UWG%2BSwWOLxPsk_JW-sx9WNOyrb0KQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Zhihong Yu
Makes partition descriptor acquisition faster during the transient
period in which a partition is in the process of being detached.
This also adds the restriction that only one partition can be in
pending-detach state for a partitioned table.
While at it, return find_inheritance_children() API to what it was
before 71f4c8c6f7, and create a separate
find_inheritance_children_extended() that returns detailed info about
detached partitions.
(This incidentally fixes a bug in 8aba932251 whereby a memory context
holding a transient partdesc is reparented to a NULL PortalContext,
leading to permanent leak of that memory. The fix is to no longer rely
on reparenting contexts to PortalContext. Reported by Amit Langote.)
Per gripe from Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFgpP1LxJZOBYGt9rpvTjXXkg5qG2+Xch2Z1Q7KrqZR1A@mail.gmail.com
Previously, we used to use the array of size max_replication_slots to
store stats for replication slots. But that had two problems in the cases
where a message for dropping a slot gets lost: 1) the stats for the new
slot are not recorded if the array is full and 2) writing beyond the end
of the array if the user reduces the max_replication_slots.
This commit uses HTAB for replication slot statistics, resolving both
problems. Now, pgstat_vacuum_stat() search for all the dead replication
slots in stats hashtable and tell the collector to remove them. To avoid
showing the stats for the already-dropped slots, pg_stat_replication_slots
view searches slot stats by the slot name taken from pg_replication_slots.
Also, we send a message for creating a slot at slot creation, initializing
the stats. This reduces the possibility that the stats are accumulated
into the old slot stats when a message for dropping a slot gets lost.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Author: Sawada Masahiko, test case by Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Vignesh C, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319185247.ldebgpdaxsowiflw@alap3.anarazel.de
The Truncate operation acquires an exclusive lock on the target relation
and indexes. It then waits for logical replication of the operation to
finish at commit. Now because we are acquiring the shared lock on the
target index to get index attributes in pgoutput while sending the
changes for the Truncate operation, it leads to a deadlock.
Actually, we don't need to acquire a lock on the target index as we build
the cache entry using a historic snapshot and all the later changes are
absorbed while decoding WAL. So, we wrote a special purpose function for
logical replication to get a bitmap of replica identity attribute numbers
where we get that information without locking the target index.
We decided not to backpatch this as there doesn't seem to be any field
complaint about this issue since it was introduced in commit 5dfd1e5a in
v11.
Reported-by: Haiying Tang
Author: Takamichi Osumi, test case by Li Japin
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB6113C2499C7DC70EE55ADB82FB759@OS0PR01MB6113.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
These functions shouldn't receive null arguments: multirange_constructor0()
doesn't have any arguments while multirange_constructor2() has a single array
argument, which is never null.
But mark them strict anyway for the sake of uniformity.
Also, make checks for null arguments use elog() instead of ereport() as these
errors should normally be never thrown. And adjust corresponding comments.
Catversion is bumped.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0f783a96-8d67-9e71-996b-f34a7352eeef%40enterprisedb.com
log_statement is issued before query_id can be computed, so properly
clear the value, and document the interaction.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YHPkU8hFi4no4NSw@paquier.xyz
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Previously, it was pg_stat_activity.queryid to match the
pg_stat_statements queryid column. This is an adjustment to patch
4f0b0966c8. This also adjusts some of the internal function calls to
match. Catversion bumped.
Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210408032704.GA7498@alvherre.pgsql
This adds the statistics about total transactions count and total
transaction data logically sent to the decoding output plugin from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication_slots view to check
these stats.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Author: Vignesh C and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319185247.ldebgpdaxsowiflw@alap3.anarazel.de
This GUC has always been classified as a planner option since its
introduction in 7c944bd, and was listed in postgresql.conf.sample. As
this parameter exists for testing purposes, move it to the section
dedicated to developer parameters and hence remove it from
postgresql.conf.sample. This will avoid any temptation to play with it
on production servers for users that should never really have to touch
this parameter.
The general description used for developer options is reworded a bit, to
take into account the inclusion of force_parallel_mode, per a suggestion
from Tom Lane.
Per discussion between Tom Lane, Bruce Momjian, Justin Pryzby, Bharath
Rupireddy and me.
Author: Justin Pryzby, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210403152402.GA8049@momjian.us
This will make it consistent with the other usage of slotname in the code.
In the passing, change pgstat_report_replslot signature to use a structure
rather than multiple parameters.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319185247.ldebgpdaxsowiflw@alap3.anarazel.de
Most GUC check hooks that inspect database state have special checks
that prevent them from throwing hard errors for state-dependent issues
when source == PGC_S_TEST. This allows, for example,
"ALTER DATABASE d SET default_text_search_config = foo" when the "foo"
configuration hasn't been created yet. Without this, we have problems
during dump/reload or pg_upgrade, because pg_dump has no idea about
possible dependencies of GUC values and can't ensure a safe restore
ordering.
However, check_role() and check_session_authorization() hadn't gotten
the memo about that, and would throw hard errors anyway. It's not
entirely clear what is the use-case for "ALTER ROLE x SET role = y",
but we've now heard two independent complaints about that bollixing
an upgrade, so apparently some people are doing it.
Hence, fix these two functions to act more like other check hooks
with similar needs. (But I did not change their insistence on
being inside a transaction, as it's still not apparent that setting
either GUC from the configuration file would be wise.)
Also fix check_temp_buffers, which had a different form of the disease
of making state-dependent checks without any exception for PGC_S_TEST.
A cursory survey of other GUC check hooks did not find any more issues
of this ilk. (There are a lot of interdependencies among
PGC_POSTMASTER and PGC_SIGHUP GUCs, which may be a bad idea, but
they're not relevant to the immediate concern because they can't be
set via ALTER ROLE/DATABASE.)
Per reports from Charlie Hornsby and Nathan Bossart. Back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1P189MB0523B31598B0C772C908088DB7709@HE1P189MB0523.EURP189.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160711223641.1426.86096@wrigleys.postgresql.org
With the Oracle Developer Studio 12.6 compiler, #line directives alter
the current source file location for purposes of #include "..."
directives. Hence, a VPATH build failed with 'cannot find include file:
"specscanner.c"'. With two exceptions, parser-containing directories
already add "-I. -I$(srcdir)"; eliminate the exceptions. Back-patch to
9.6 (all supported versions).
This GUC has already been classified as LOGGING_WHAT, but its location
in postgresql.conf.sample and the documentation did not reflect that, so
fix those inconsistencies.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210404012546.GK6592@telsasoft.com
Using Roman numbers (via "RM" or "rm") for a conversion to calculate a
number of months has never considered the case of negative numbers,
where a conversion could easily cause out-of-bound memory accesses. The
conversions in themselves were not completely consistent either, as
specifying 12 would result in NULL, but it should mean XII.
This commit reworks the conversion calculation to have a more
consistent behavior:
- If the number of months and years is 0, return NULL.
- If the number of months is positive, return the exact month number.
- If the number of months is negative, do a backward calculation, with
-1 meaning December, -2 November, etc.
Reported-by: Theodor Arsenij Larionov-Trichkin
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16953-f255a18f8c51f1d5@postgresql.org
backpatch-through: 9.6
Coverity complained about possible overflow in expressions like
intresult = tm->tm_sec * 1000000 + fsec;
on the grounds that the multiplication would happen in 32-bit
arithmetic before widening to the int64 result. I think these
are all false positives because of the limited possible range of
tm_sec; but nonetheless it seems silly to spell it like that when
nearby lines have the identical computation written with a 64-bit
constant.
... or more accurately, with an LL constant, which is not project
style. Make all of these use INT64CONST(), as we do elsewhere.
This is all new code from a2da77cdb, so no need for back-patch.
Commit c9c41c7a33 used two different
naming patterns. Standardize on the majority pattern, which was the
only pattern in the last reviewed version of that commit.
Comment fixes are applied on HEAD, and documentation improvements are
applied on back-branches where needed.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210408164008.GJ6592@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Ignore parallel workers in pg_stat_statements
Oversight in 4f0b0966c8 which exposed queryid in parallel workers.
Counters are aggregated by the main backend process so parallel workers
would report duplicated activity, and could also report activity for the
wrong entry as they are only aware of the top level queryid.
Fix thinko in pg_stat_get_activity when retrieving the queryid.
Remove unnecessary call to pgstat_report_queryid().
Reported-by: Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210408051735.lfbdzun5zdlax5gd@alap3.anarazel.dep634GTSOqnDW86Owrn6qDAVosC5dJjXjp7BMfc5Gz1Q@mail.gmail.com
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Introduce a new GUC recovery_prefetch, disabled by default. When
enabled, look ahead in the WAL and try to initiate asynchronous reading
of referenced data blocks that are not yet cached in our buffer pool.
For now, this is done with posix_fadvise(), which has several caveats.
Better mechanisms will follow in later work on the I/O subsystem.
The GUC maintenance_io_concurrency is used to limit the number of
concurrent I/Os we allow ourselves to initiate, based on pessimistic
heuristics used to infer that I/Os have begun and completed.
The GUC wal_decode_buffer_size is used to limit the maximum distance we
are prepared to read ahead in the WAL to find uncached blocks.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com> (parts)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (parts)
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (parts)
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sait Talha Nisanci <Sait.Nisanci@microsoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
This adds a function, pg_wait_for_backend_termination(), and a new
timeout argument to pg_terminate_backend(), which will wait for the
backend to actually terminate (with or without signaling it to do so
depending on which function is called). The default behaviour of
pg_terminate_backend() remains being timeout=0 which does not waiting.
For pg_wait_for_backend_termination() the default wait is 5 seconds.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-By: Fujii Masao, David Johnston, Muhammad Usama,
Hou Zhijie, Magnus Hagander
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACUBpunmyhYZw-kXCYs5NM+h6oG_7Df_Tn4mLmmUQifkqA@mail.gmail.com
This adds support for writing CREATE FUNCTION and CREATE PROCEDURE
statements for language SQL with a function body that conforms to the
SQL standard and is portable to other implementations.
Instead of the PostgreSQL-specific AS $$ string literal $$ syntax,
this allows writing out the SQL statements making up the body
unquoted, either as a single statement:
CREATE FUNCTION add(a integer, b integer) RETURNS integer
LANGUAGE SQL
RETURN a + b;
or as a block
CREATE PROCEDURE insert_data(a integer, b integer)
LANGUAGE SQL
BEGIN ATOMIC
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (a);
INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (b);
END;
The function body is parsed at function definition time and stored as
expression nodes in a new pg_proc column prosqlbody. So at run time,
no further parsing is required.
However, this form does not support polymorphic arguments, because
there is no more parse analysis done at call time.
Dependencies between the function and the objects it uses are fully
tracked.
A new RETURN statement is introduced. This can only be used inside
function bodies. Internally, it is treated much like a SELECT
statement.
psql needs some new intelligence to keep track of function body
boundaries so that it doesn't send off statements when it sees
semicolons that are inside a function body.
Tested-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1c11f1eb-f00c-43b7-799d-2d44132c02d7@2ndquadrant.com
Add a failsafe mechanism that is triggered by VACUUM when it notices
that the table's relfrozenxid and/or relminmxid are dangerously far in
the past. VACUUM checks the age of the table dynamically, at regular
intervals.
When the failsafe triggers, VACUUM takes extraordinary measures to
finish as quickly as possible so that relfrozenxid and/or relminmxid can
be advanced. VACUUM will stop applying any cost-based delay that may be
in effect. VACUUM will also bypass any further index vacuuming and heap
vacuuming -- it only completes whatever remaining pruning and freezing
is required. Bypassing index/heap vacuuming is enabled by commit
8523492d, which made it possible to dynamically trigger the mechanism
already used within VACUUM when it is run with INDEX_CLEANUP off.
It is expected that the failsafe will almost always trigger within an
autovacuum to prevent wraparound, long after the autovacuum began.
However, the failsafe mechanism can trigger in any VACUUM operation.
Even in a non-aggressive VACUUM, where we're likely to not advance
relfrozenxid, it still seems like a good idea to finish off remaining
pruning and freezing. An aggressive/anti-wraparound VACUUM will be
launched immediately afterwards. Note that the anti-wraparound VACUUM
that follows will itself trigger the failsafe, usually before it even
begins its first (and only) pass over the heap.
The failsafe is controlled by two new GUCs: vacuum_failsafe_age, and
vacuum_multixact_failsafe_age. There are no equivalent reloptions,
since that isn't expected to be useful. The GUCs have rather high
defaults (both default to 1.6 billion), and are expected to generally
only be used to make the failsafe trigger sooner/more frequently.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD0SkE11fMw4jD4RENAwBMcw1wasVnwpJVw3tVqPOQgAw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmgH3ySGYeC-m-eOBsa2=sDwa292-CFghV4rESYo39FsQ@mail.gmail.com
Use the in-core query id computation for pg_stat_activity,
log_line_prefix, and EXPLAIN VERBOSE.
Similar to other fields in pg_stat_activity, only the queryid from the
top level statements are exposed, and if the backends status isn't
active then the queryid from the last executed statements is displayed.
Add a %Q placeholder to include the queryid in log_line_prefix, which
will also only expose top level statements.
For EXPLAIN VERBOSE, if a query identifier has been computed, either by
enabling compute_query_id or using a third-party module, display it.
Bump catalog version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210407125726.tkvjdbw76hxnpwfi@nol
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Nitin Jadhav, Zhihong Yu
Add compute_query_id GUC to control whether a query identifier should be
computed by the core (off by default). It's thefore now possible to
disable core queryid computation and use pg_stat_statements with a
different algorithm to compute the query identifier by using a
third-party module.
To ensure that a single source of query identifier can be used and is
well defined, modules that calculate a query identifier should throw an
error if compute_query_id specified to compute a query id and if a query
idenfitier was already calculated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210407125726.tkvjdbw76hxnpwfi@nol
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Nitin Jadhav, Zhihong Yu
Formerly we were pretty lax about what a custom GUC's name could
be; so long as it had at least one dot in it, we'd take it.
However, corner cases such as dashes or equal signs in the name
would cause various bits of functionality to misbehave. Rather
than trying to make the world perfectly safe for that, let's
just require that custom names look like "identifier.identifier",
where "identifier" means something that scan.l would accept
without double quotes.
Along the way, this patch refactors things slightly in guc.c
so that find_option() is responsible for reporting GUC-not-found
cases, allowing removal of duplicative code from its callers.
Per report from Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski. No back-patch,
since the consequences of the problem don't seem to warrant
changing behavior in stable branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/951335.1612910077@sss.pgh.pa.us
Andrew Gierth reported that it's possible to crash the backend if no
pg_attrdef record is found to match an attribute that has atthasdef set.
AttrDefaultFetch warns about this situation, but then leaves behind
a relation tupdesc that has null "adbin" pointer(s), which most places
don't guard against.
We considered promoting the warning to an error, but throwing errors
during relcache load is pretty drastic: it effectively locks one out
of using the relation at all. What seems better is to leave the
load-time behavior as a warning, but then throw an error in any code
path that wants to use a default and can't find it. This confines
the error to a subset of INSERT/UPDATE operations on the table, and
in particular will at least allow a pg_dump to succeed.
Also, we should fix AttrDefaultFetch to not leave any null pointers
in the tupdesc, because that just creates an untested bug hazard.
While at it, apply the same philosophy of "warn at load, throw error
only upon use of the known-missing info" to CHECK constraints.
CheckConstraintFetch is very nearly the same logic as AttrDefaultFetch,
but for reasons lost in the mists of time, it was throwing ERROR for
the same cases that AttrDefaultFetch treats as WARNING. Make the two
functions more nearly alike.
In passing, get rid of potentially-O(N^2) loops in equalTupleDesc
by making AttrDefaultFetch sort the entries after fetching them,
so that equalTupleDesc can assume that entries in two equal tupdescs
must be in matching order. (CheckConstraintFetch already was sorting
CHECK constraints, but equalTupleDesc hadn't been told about it.)
There's some argument for back-patching this, but with such a small
number of field reports, I'm content to fix it in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pmzaq4gx.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
The previous implementation of EXTRACT mapped internally to
date_part(), which returned type double precision (since it was
implemented long before the numeric type existed). This can lead to
imprecise output in some cases, so returning numeric would be
preferrable. Changing the return type of an existing function is a
bit risky, so instead we do the following: We implement a new set of
functions, which are now called "extract", in parallel to the existing
date_part functions. They work the same way internally but use
numeric instead of float8. The EXTRACT construct is now mapped by the
parser to these new extract functions. That way, dumps of views
etc. from old versions (which would use date_part) continue to work
unchanged, but new uses will map to the new extract functions.
Additionally, the reverse compilation of EXTRACT now reproduces the
original syntax, using the new mechanism introduced in
40c24bfef9.
The following minor changes of behavior result from the new
implementation:
- The column name from an isolated EXTRACT call is now "extract"
instead of "date_part".
- Extract from date now rejects inappropriate field names such as
HOUR. It was previously mapped internally to extract from
timestamp, so it would silently accept everything appropriate for
timestamp.
- Return values when extracting fields with possibly fractional
values, such as second and epoch, now have the full scale that the
value has internally (so, for example, '1.000000' instead of just
'1').
Reported-by: Petr Fedorov <petr.fedorov@phystech.edu>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
Commit 3e98c0bafb added pg_backend_memory_contexts view to display
the memory contexts of the backend process. However its target process
is limited to the backend that is accessing to the view. So this is
not so convenient when investigating the local memory bloat of other
backend process. To improve this situation, this commit adds
pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() function that requests to log
the memory contexts of the specified backend process.
This information can be also collected by calling
MemoryContextStats(TopMemoryContext) via a debugger. But
this technique cannot be used in some environments because no debugger
is available there. So, pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() allows us to
see the memory contexts of specified backend more easily.
Only superusers are allowed to request to log the memory contexts
because allowing any users to issue this request at an unbounded rate
would cause lots of log messages and which can lead to denial of service.
On receipt of the request, at the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
the target backend logs its memory contexts at LOG_SERVER_ONLY level,
so that these memory contexts will appear in the server log but not
be sent to the client. It logs one message per memory context.
Because if it buffers all memory contexts into StringInfo to log them
as one message, which may require the buffer to be enlarged very much
and lead to OOM error since there can be a large number of memory
contexts in a backend.
When a backend process is consuming huge memory, logging all its
memory contexts might overrun available disk space. To prevent this,
now this patch limits the number of child contexts to log per parent
to 100. As with MemoryContextStats(), it supposes that practical cases
where the log gets long will typically be huge numbers of siblings
under the same parent context; while the additional debugging value
from seeing details about individual siblings beyond 100 will not be large.
There was another proposed patch to add the function to return
the memory contexts of specified backend as the result sets,
instead of logging them, in the discussion. However that patch is
not included in this commit because it had several issues to address.
Thanks to Tatsuhito Kasahara, Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra,
Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi and Zhihong Yu for the discussion.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Zhihong Yu, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0271f440ac77f2a4180e0e56ebd944d1@oss.nttdata.com
spg_box_quad_leaf_consistent unconditionally returned the leaf
datum as leafValue, even though in its usage for poly_ops that
value is of completely the wrong type.
In versions before 12, that was harmless because the core code did
nothing with leafValue in non-index-only scans ... but since commit
2a6368343, if we were doing a KNN-style scan, spgNewHeapItem would
unconditionally try to copy the value using the wrong datatype
parameters. Said copying is a waste of time and space if we're not
going to return the data, but it accidentally failed to fail until
I fixed the datatype confusion in ac9099fc1.
Hence, change spgNewHeapItem to not copy the datum unless we're
actually going to return it later. This saves cycles and dodges
the question of whether lossy opclasses are returning the right
type. Also change spg_box_quad_leaf_consistent to not return
data that might be of the wrong type, as insurance against
somebody introducing a similar bug into the core code in future.
It seems like a good idea to back-patch these two changes into
v12 and v13, although I'm afraid to change spgNewHeapItem's
mistaken idea of which datatype to use in those branches.
Per buildfarm results from ac9099fc1.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3728741.1617381471@sss.pgh.pa.us
pgstat_report_wait_start() and pgstat_report_wait_end() required two
conditional branches so far. One to check if MyProc is NULL, the other to
check if pgstat_track_activities is set. As wait events are used around
comparatively lightweight operations, and are inlined (reducing branch
predictor effectiveness), that's not great.
The dependency on MyProc has a second disadvantage: Low-level subsystems, like
storage/file/fd.c, report wait events, but architecturally it is preferable
for them to not depend on inter-process subsystems like proc.h (defining
PGPROC). After this change including pgstat.h (nor obviously its
sub-components like backend_status.h, wait_event.h, ...) does not pull in IPC
related headers anymore.
These goals, efficiency and abstraction, are achieved by having
pgstat_report_wait_start/end() not interact with MyProc, but instead a new
my_wait_event_info variable. At backend startup it points to a local variable,
removing the need to check for MyProc being NULL. During process
initialization my_wait_event_info is redirected to MyProc->wait_event_info. At
shutdown this is reversed. Because wait event reporting now does not need to
know about where the wait event is stored, it does not need to know about
PGPROC anymore.
The removal of the branch for checking pgstat_track_activities is simpler:
Don't check anymore. The cost due to the branch are often higher than the
store - and even if not, pgstat_track_activities is rarely disabled.
The main motivator to commit this work now is that removing the (indirect)
pgproc.h include from pgstat.h simplifies a patch to move statistics reporting
to shared memory (which still has a chance to get into 14).
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210402194458.2vu324hkk2djq6ce@alap3.anarazel.de
Backend status (supporting pg_stat_activity) and command
progress (supporting pg_stat_progress*) related code is largely
independent from the rest of pgstat.[ch] (supporting views like
pg_stat_all_tables that accumulate data over time). See also
a333476b92.
This commit doesn't rename the function names to make the distinction
from the rest of pgstat_ clearer - that'd be more invasive and not
clearly beneficial. If we were to decide to do such a rename at some
point, it's better done separately from moving the code as well.
Robert's review was of an earlier version.
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210316195440.twxmlov24rr2nxrg@alap3.anarazel.de
Similarly to the cryptohash implementations, this refactors the existing
HMAC code into a single set of APIs that can be plugged with any crypto
libraries PostgreSQL is built with (only OpenSSL currently). If there
is no such libraries, a fallback implementation is available. Those new
APIs are designed similarly to the existing cryptohash layer, so there
is no real new design here, with the same logic around buffer bound
checks and memory handling.
HMAC has a dependency on cryptohashes, so all the cryptohash types
supported by cryptohash{_openssl}.c can be used with HMAC. This
refactoring is an advantage mainly for SCRAM, that included its own
implementation of HMAC with SHA256 without relying on the existing
crypto libraries even if PostgreSQL was built with their support.
This code has been tested on Windows and Linux, with and without
OpenSSL, across all the versions supported on HEAD from 1.1.1 down to
1.0.1. I have also checked that the implementations are working fine
using some sample results, a custom extension of my own, and doing
cross-checks across different major versions with SCRAM with the client
and the backend.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X9m0nkEJEzIPXjeZ@paquier.xyz
The wait event related code is independent from the rest of the
pgstat.[ch] code, of nontrivial size and changes on a regular
basis. Put it into its own set of files.
As there doesn't seem to be a good pre-existing directory for code
like this, add src/backend/utils/activity.
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210316195440.twxmlov24rr2nxrg@alap3.anarazel.de
Provide a new GUC check_client_connection_interval that can be used to
check whether the client connection has gone away, while running very
long queries. It is disabled by default.
For now this uses a non-standard Linux extension (also adopted by at
least one other OS). POLLRDHUP is not defined by POSIX, and other OSes
don't have a reliable way to know if a connection was closed without
actually trying to read or write.
In future we might consider trying to send a no-op/heartbeat message
instead, but that could require protocol changes.
Author: Sergey Cherkashin <s.cherkashin@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii <ishii@sraoss.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Knizhnik <k.knizhnik@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Maksim Milyutin <milyutinma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tsunakawa, Takayuki/綱川 貴之 <tsunakawa.takay@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (much earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77def86b27e41f0efcba411460e929ae%40postgrespro.ru
Commit dd136052b established a policy that error message FILE items
should include only the base name of the reporting source file, for
uniformity and succinctness. We now observe that some Windows compilers
use backslashes in __FILE__ strings, so truncate at backslashes as well.
This is expected to fix some platform variation in the results of the
new libpq_pipeline test module.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3650140.1617372290@sss.pgh.pa.us
Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache". The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins. This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again. Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.
For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins. The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join. In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch. Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows. If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join. The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large. Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join. This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does. The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables. Smaller hash tables generally perform better.
The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size. We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.
For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node. We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be. Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.
For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins. This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries. It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future. For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries. However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio. Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.
The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations. With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be. In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%. Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join. However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values. If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join. Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature. Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.
For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache. However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default. There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression. Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default. It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.
Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch. Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people. If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release. Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu, Hou Zhijie
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
Through various refactorings over time, the extract(timezone_minute
from time with time zone) and extract(timezone_minute from timestamp
with time zone) implementations ended up with two different but
equally nonsensical formulas by using SECS_PER_MINUTE and
MINS_PER_HOUR interchangeably. Since those two are of course both the
same number, the formulas do work, but for readability, fix them to be
semantically correct.
With the 'noError' argument, you can try to convert a buffer without
knowing the character boundaries beforehand. The functions now need to
return the number of input bytes successfully converted.
This is is a backwards-incompatible change, if you have created a custom
encoding conversion with CREATE CONVERSION. This adds a check to
pg_upgrade for that, refusing the upgrade if there are any user-defined
encoding conversions. Custom conversions are very rare, there are no
commonly used extensions that I know of that uses that feature. No other
objects can depend on conversions, so if you do have one, you can fairly
easily drop it before upgrading, and recreate it after the upgrade with
an updated version.
Add regression tests for built-in encoding conversions. This doesn't cover
every conversion, but it covers all the internal functions in conv.c that
are used to implement the conversions.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01%40iki.fi
This removes "Add Result Cache executor node". It seems that something
weird is going on with the tracking of cache hits and misses as
highlighted by many buildfarm animals. It's not yet clear what the
problem is as other parts of the plan indicate that the cache did work
correctly, it's just the hits and misses that were being reported as 0.
This is especially a bad time to have the buildfarm so broken, so
reverting before too many more animals go red.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq_hydhfovm4=izgWs+C5HqEeRScjMbOgbpC-jRAeK3Yw@mail.gmail.com
Here we add a new executor node type named "Result Cache". The planner
can include this node type in the plan to have the executor cache the
results from the inner side of parameterized nested loop joins. This
allows caching of tuples for sets of parameters so that in the event that
the node sees the same parameter values again, it can just return the
cached tuples instead of rescanning the inner side of the join all over
again. Internally, result cache uses a hash table in order to quickly
find tuples that have been previously cached.
For certain data sets, this can significantly improve the performance of
joins. The best cases for using this new node type are for join problems
where a large portion of the tuples from the inner side of the join have
no join partner on the outer side of the join. In such cases, hash join
would have to hash values that are never looked up, thus bloating the hash
table and possibly causing it to multi-batch. Merge joins would have to
skip over all of the unmatched rows. If we use a nested loop join with a
result cache, then we only cache tuples that have at least one join
partner on the outer side of the join. The benefits of using a
parameterized nested loop with a result cache increase when there are
fewer distinct values being looked up and the number of lookups of each
value is large. Also, hash probes to lookup the cache can be much faster
than the hash probe in a hash join as it's common that the result cache's
hash table is much smaller than the hash join's due to result cache only
caching useful tuples rather than all tuples from the inner side of the
join. This variation in hash probe performance is more significant when
the hash join's hash table no longer fits into the CPU's L3 cache, but the
result cache's hash table does. The apparent "random" access of hash
buckets with each hash probe can cause a poor L3 cache hit ratio for large
hash tables. Smaller hash tables generally perform better.
The hash table used for the cache limits itself to not exceeding work_mem
* hash_mem_multiplier in size. We maintain a dlist of keys for this cache
and when we're adding new tuples and realize we've exceeded the memory
budget, we evict cache entries starting with the least recently used ones
until we have enough memory to add the new tuples to the cache.
For parameterized nested loop joins, we now consider using one of these
result cache nodes in between the nested loop node and its inner node. We
determine when this might be useful based on cost, which is primarily
driven off of what the expected cache hit ratio will be. Estimating the
cache hit ratio relies on having good distinct estimates on the nested
loop's parameters.
For now, the planner will only consider using a result cache for
parameterized nested loop joins. This works for both normal joins and
also for LATERAL type joins to subqueries. It is possible to use this new
node for other uses in the future. For example, to cache results from
correlated subqueries. However, that's not done here due to some
difficulties obtaining a distinct estimation on the outer plan to
calculate the estimated cache hit ratio. Currently we plan the inner plan
before planning the outer plan so there is no good way to know if a result
cache would be useful or not since we can't estimate the number of times
the subplan will be called until the outer plan is generated.
The functionality being added here is newly introducing a dependency on
the return value of estimate_num_groups() during the join search.
Previously, during the join search, we only ever needed to perform
selectivity estimations. With this commit, we need to use
estimate_num_groups() in order to estimate what the hit ratio on the
result cache will be. In simple terms, if we expect 10 distinct values
and we expect 1000 outer rows, then we'll estimate the hit ratio to be
99%. Since cache hits are very cheap compared to scanning the underlying
nodes on the inner side of the nested loop join, then this will
significantly reduce the planner's cost for the join. However, it's
fairly easy to see here that things will go bad when estimate_num_groups()
incorrectly returns a value that's significantly lower than the actual
number of distinct values. If this happens then that may cause us to make
use of a nested loop join with a result cache instead of some other join
type, such as a merge or hash join. Our distinct estimations have been
known to be a source of trouble in the past, so the extra reliance on them
here could cause the planner to choose slower plans than it did previous
to having this feature. Distinct estimations are also fairly hard to
estimate accurately when several tables have been joined already or when a
WHERE clause filters out a set of values that are correlated to the
expressions we're estimating the number of distinct value for.
For now, the costing we perform during query planning for result caches
does put quite a bit of faith in the distinct estimations being accurate.
When these are accurate then we should generally see faster execution
times for plans containing a result cache. However, in the real world, we
may find that we need to either change the costings to put less trust in
the distinct estimations being accurate or perhaps even disable this
feature by default. There's always an element of risk when we teach the
query planner to do new tricks that it decides to use that new trick at
the wrong time and causes a regression. Users may opt to get the old
behavior by turning the feature off using the enable_resultcache GUC.
Currently, this is enabled by default. It remains to be seen if we'll
maintain that setting for the release.
Additionally, the name "Result Cache" is the best name I could think of
for this new node at the time I started writing the patch. Nobody seems
to strongly dislike the name. A few people did suggest other names but no
other name seemed to dominate in the brief discussion that there was about
names. Let's allow the beta period to see if the current name pleases
enough people. If there's some consensus on a better name, then we can
change it before the release. Please see the 2nd discussion link below
for the discussion on the "Result Cache" name.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Justin Pryzby, Zhihong Yu
Tested-By: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrPcQyQdWERGYWx8J%2B2DLUNgXu%2BfOSbQ1UscxrunyXyrQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=yQXr5kqhRviT2RhNKwToaWr9JAN5t+5_PzhuRJ3wvg@mail.gmail.com
According to the comments, when an invalid or dropped column oid is passed
to has_column_privilege(), the intention has always been to return NULL.
However, when the caller had table level privilege the invalid/missing
column was never discovered, because table permissions were checked first.
Fix that by introducing extended versions of pg_attribute_acl(check|mask)
and pg_class_acl(check|mask) which take a new argument, is_missing. When
is_missing is NULL, the old behavior is preserved. But when is_missing is
passed by the caller, no ERROR is thrown for dropped or missing
columns/relations, and is_missing is flipped to true. This in turn allows
has_column_privilege to check for column privileges first, providing the
desired semantics.
Not backpatched since it is a user visible behavioral change with no previous
complaints, and the fix is a bit on the invasive side.
Author: Joe Conway
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Reported by: Ian Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/9b5f4311-157b-4164-7fe7-077b4fe8ed84%40joeconway.com
This patch makes two closely related sets of changes:
1. For UPDATE, the subplan of the ModifyTable node now only delivers
the new values of the changed columns (i.e., the expressions computed
in the query's SET clause) plus row identity information such as CTID.
ModifyTable must re-fetch the original tuple to merge in the old
values of any unchanged columns. The core advantage of this is that
the changed columns are uniform across all tables of an inherited or
partitioned target relation, whereas the other columns might not be.
A secondary advantage, when the UPDATE involves joins, is that less
data needs to pass through the plan tree. The disadvantage of course
is an extra fetch of each tuple to be updated. However, that seems to
be very nearly free in context; even worst-case tests don't show it to
add more than a couple percent to the total query cost. At some point
it might be interesting to combine the re-fetch with the tuple access
that ModifyTable must do anyway to mark the old tuple dead; but that
would require a good deal of refactoring and it seems it wouldn't buy
all that much, so this patch doesn't attempt it.
2. For inherited UPDATE/DELETE, instead of generating a separate
subplan for each target relation, we now generate a single subplan
that is just exactly like a SELECT's plan, then stick ModifyTable
on top of that. To let ModifyTable know which target relation a
given incoming row refers to, a tableoid junk column is added to
the row identity information. This gets rid of the horrid hack
that was inheritance_planner(), eliminating O(N^2) planning cost
and memory consumption in cases where there were many unprunable
target relations.
Point 2 of course requires point 1, so that there is a uniform
definition of the non-junk columns to be returned by the subplan.
We can't insist on uniform definition of the row identity junk
columns however, if we want to keep the ability to have both
plain and foreign tables in a partitioning hierarchy. Since
it wouldn't scale very far to have every child table have its
own row identity column, this patch includes provisions to merge
similar row identity columns into one column of the subplan result.
In particular, we can merge the whole-row Vars typically used as
row identity by FDWs into one column by pretending they are type
RECORD. (It's still okay for the actual composite Datums to be
labeled with the table's rowtype OID, though.)
There is more that can be done to file down residual inefficiencies
in this patch, but it seems to be committable now.
FDW authors should note several API changes:
* The argument list for AddForeignUpdateTargets() has changed, and so
has the method it must use for adding junk columns to the query. Call
add_row_identity_var() instead of manipulating the parse tree directly.
You might want to reconsider exactly what you're adding, too.
* PlanDirectModify() must now work a little harder to find the
ForeignScan plan node; if the foreign table is part of a partitioning
hierarchy then the ForeignScan might not be the direct child of
ModifyTable. See postgres_fdw for sample code.
* To check whether a relation is a target relation, it's no
longer sufficient to compare its relid to root->parse->resultRelation.
Instead, check it against all_result_relids or leaf_result_relids,
as appropriate.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHpHdqdDn48yCEhynnniahH78rwcrv1rEX65-fsZGBOLQ@mail.gmail.com
This allows something like
SELECT ... FROM t1 JOIN t2 USING (a, b, c) AS x
where x has the columns a, b, c and unlike a regular alias it does not
hide the range variables of the tables being joined t1 and t2.
Per SQL:2016 feature F404 "Range variable for common column names".
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik.fearing@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/454638cf-d563-ab76-a585-2564428062af@2ndquadrant.com
This implements asynchronous execution, which runs multiple parts of a
non-parallel-aware Append concurrently rather than serially to improve
performance when possible. Currently, the only node type that can be
run concurrently is a ForeignScan that is an immediate child of such an
Append. In the case where such ForeignScans access data on different
remote servers, this would run those ForeignScans concurrently, and
overlap the remote operations to be performed simultaneously, so it'll
improve the performance especially when the operations involve
time-consuming ones such as remote join and remote aggregation.
We may extend this to other node types such as joins or aggregates over
ForeignScans in the future.
This also adds the support for postgres_fdw, which is enabled by the
table-level/server-level option "async_capable". The default is false.
Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro, and myself. This commit
is mostly based on the patch proposed by Robert Haas, but also uses
stuff from the patch proposed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and from the patch
proposed by Thomas Munro. Reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Andrey Lepikhov, Movead Li, Thomas Munro, Justin Pryzby, and
others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoaXQEt4tZ03FtQhnzeDEMzBck%2BLrni0UWHVVgOTnA6C1w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLBRyu0rHrDCMC4%3DRn3252gogyp1SjOgG8SEKKZv%3DFwfQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228.170650.667613673625155850.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
Here we add a new output parameter to estimate_num_groups() to allow it to
inform the caller of additional, possibly useful information about the
estimation.
The new output parameter is a struct that currently contains just a single
field with a set of flags. This was done rather than having the flags as
an output parameter to allow future fields to be added without having to
change the signature of the function at a later date when we want to pass
back further information that might not be suitable to store in the flags
field.
It seems reasonable that one day in the future that the planner would want
to know more about the estimation. For example, how many individual sets
of statistics was the estimation generated from? The planner may want to
take that into account if we ever want to consider risks as well as costs
when generating plans.
For now, there's only 1 flag we set in the flags field. This is to
indicate if the estimation fell back on using the hard-coded constants in
any part of the estimation. Callers may like to change their behavior if
this is set, and this gives them the ability to do so. Callers may pass
the flag pointer as NULL if they have no interest in obtaining any
additional information about the estimate.
We're not adding any actual usages of these flags here. Some follow-up
commits will make use of this feature. Additionally, we're also not
making any changes to add support for clauselist_selectivity() and
clauselist_selectivity_ext(). However, if this is required in the future
then the same struct being added here should be fine to use as a new
output argument for those functions too.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqQqpk=1W-G_ds7A9CsXX3BggWj_7okinzkLVhDubQzjA@mail.gmail.com
Allow defining extended statistics on expressions, not just just on
simple column references. With this commit, expressions are supported
by all existing extended statistics kinds, improving the same types of
estimates. A simple example may look like this:
CREATE TABLE t (a int);
CREATE STATISTICS s ON mod(a,10), mod(a,20) FROM t;
ANALYZE t;
The collected statistics are useful e.g. to estimate queries with those
expressions in WHERE or GROUP BY clauses:
SELECT * FROM t WHERE mod(a,10) = 0 AND mod(a,20) = 0;
SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY mod(a,10), mod(a,20);
This introduces new internal statistics kind 'e' (expressions) which is
built automatically when the statistics object definition includes any
expressions. This represents single-expression statistics, as if there
was an expression index (but without the index maintenance overhead).
The statistics is stored in pg_statistics_ext_data as an array of
composite types, which is possible thanks to 79f6a942bd.
CREATE STATISTICS allows building statistics on a single expression, in
which case in which case it's not possible to specify statistics kinds.
A new system view pg_stats_ext_exprs can be used to display expression
statistics, similarly to pg_stats and pg_stats_ext views.
ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... TYPE now treats indexes the same way it
treats indexes, i.e. it drops and recreates the statistics. This means
all statistics are reset, and we no longer try to preserve at least the
functional dependencies. This should not be a major issue in practice,
as the functional dependencies actually rely on per-column statistics,
which were always reset anyway.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Dean Rasheed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad7891d2-e90c-b446-9fe2-7419143847d7%40enterprisedb.com
When estimating the number of groups using extended statistics, the code
was discarding information about system attributes. This led to strange
situation that
SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY ctid;
could have produced higher estimate (equal to pg_class.reltuples) than
SELECT 1 FROM t GROUP BY a, b, ctid;
with extended statistics on (a,b). Fixed by retaining information about
the system attribute.
Backpatch all the way to 10, where extended statistics were introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 10
Membership consists, implicitly, of the current database owner. Expect
use in template databases. Once pg_database_owner has rights within a
template, each owner of a database instantiated from that template will
exercise those rights.
Reviewed by John Naylor.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201228043148.GA1053024@rfd.leadboat.com
Allow a partition be detached from its partitioned table without
blocking concurrent queries, by running in two transactions and only
requiring ShareUpdateExclusive in the partitioned table.
Because it runs in two transactions, it cannot be used in a transaction
block. This is the main reason to use dedicated syntax: so that users
can choose to use the original mode if they need it. But also, it
doesn't work when a default partition exists (because an exclusive lock
would still need to be obtained on it, in order to change its partition
constraint.)
In case the second transaction is cancelled or a crash occurs, there's
ALTER TABLE .. DETACH PARTITION .. FINALIZE, which executes the final
steps.
The main trick to make this work is the addition of column
pg_inherits.inhdetachpending, initially false; can only be set true in
the first part of this command. Once that is committed, concurrent
transactions that use a PartitionDirectory will include or ignore
partitions so marked: in optimizer they are ignored if the row is marked
committed for the snapshot; in executor they are always included. As a
result, and because of the way PartitionDirectory caches partition
descriptors, queries that were planned before the detach will see the
rows in the detached partition and queries that are planned after the
detach, won't.
A CHECK constraint is created that duplicates the partition constraint.
This is probably not strictly necessary, and some users will prefer to
remove it afterwards, but if the partition is re-attached to a
partitioned table, the constraint needn't be rechecked.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200803234854.GA24158@alvherre.pgsql
Common recommendations are that the checkpoint should be spread out as
much as possible, provided we avoid having it take too long. This
change updates the default to 0.9 (from 0.5) to match that
recommendation.
There was some debate about possibly removing the option entirely but it
seems there may be some corner-cases where having it set much lower to
try to force the checkpoint to be as fast as possible could result in
fewer periods of time of reduced performance due to kernel flushing.
General agreement is that the "spread more" is the preferred approach
though and those who need to tune away from that value are much less
common.
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane, David Steele,
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201207175329.GM16415%40tamriel.snowman.net
Change the default_toast_compression GUC to be an enum rather than
a string. Earlier, uncommitted versions of the patch supported using
CREATE ACCESS METHOD to add new compression methods to a running
system, but that idea was dropped before commit. So, we can simplify
the GUC handling as well, which has the nice side effect of improving
the error messages.
While updating the documentation to reflect the new GUC type, also
move it back to the right place in the list. I moved this while
revising what became commit 24f0e395ac,
but apparently the intended ordering is "alphabetical" rather than
"whatever Robert thinks looks nice."
Rejigger things to avoid having access/toast_compression.h depend on
utils/guc.h, so that we don't end up with every file that includes
it also depending on something largely unrelated. Move a few
inline functions back into the C source file partly to help reduce
dependencies and partly just to avoid clutter. A few very minor
cosmetic fixes.
Original patch by Justin Pryzby, but very heavily edited by me,
and reverse reviewed by him and also reviewed by by Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYp=GT_ztUCeZg2i4hkHAQv8o=-nVJ1-TKWTG1zQOmOpg@mail.gmail.com
Similar to date_trunc, but allows binning by an arbitrary interval
rather than just full units.
Author: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Fetter <david@fetter.org>
Reviewed-by: Isaac Morland <isaac.morland@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Artur Zakirov <zaartur@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACPNZCt4buQFRgy6DyjuZS-2aPDpccRkrJBmgUfwYc1KiaXYxg@mail.gmail.com
To allow inserts in parallel-mode this feature has to ensure that all the
constraints, triggers, etc. are parallel-safe for the partition hierarchy
which is costly and we need to find a better way to do that. Additionally,
we could have used existing cached information in some cases like indexes,
domains, etc. to determine the parallel-safety.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
ed62d3737c Doc: Update description for parallel insert reloption.
c8f78b6161 Add a new GUC and a reloption to enable inserts in parallel-mode.
c5be48f092 Improve FK trigger parallel-safety check added by 05c8482f7f.
e2cda3c20a Fix use of relcache TriggerDesc field introduced by commit 05c8482f7f.
e4e87a32cc Fix valgrind issue in commit 05c8482f7f.
05c8482f7f Enable parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...".
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1lMiB9-0001c3-SY@gemulon.postgresql.org
This function for bit and bytea counts the set bits in the bit or byte
string. Internally, we use the existing popcount functionality.
For the name, after some discussion, we settled on bit_count, which
also exists with this meaning in MySQL, Java, and Python.
Author: David Fetter <david@fetter.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20201230105535.GJ13234@fetter.org
Previously, to check relation permanence, the Relation's Form_pg_class
structure member relpersistence was compared to the value
RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT ("p"). This commit adds the macro
RelationIsPermanent() and is used in appropirate places to simplify the
code. This matches other RelationIs* macros.
This macro will be used in more places in future cluster file encryption
patches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210318153134.GH20766@tamriel.snowman.net
RestoreGUCState applied InitializeOneGUCOption to already-live
GUC entries, causing any malloc'd subsidiary data to be forgotten.
We do want the effect of resetting the GUC to its compiled-in
default, and InitializeOneGUCOption seems like the best way to do
that, so add code to free any existing subsidiary data beforehand.
The interaction between can_skip_gucvar, SerializeGUCState, and
RestoreGUCState is way more subtle than their opaque comments
would suggest to an unwary reader. Rewrite and enlarge the
comments to try to make it clearer what's happening.
Remove a long-obsolete assertion in read_nondefault_variables: the
behavior of set_config_option hasn't depended on IsInitProcessingMode
since f5d9698a8 installed a better way of controlling it.
Although this is fixing a clear memory leak, the leak is quite unlikely
to involve any large amount of data, and it can only happen once in the
lifetime of a worker process. So it seems unnecessary to take any
risk of back-patching.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4105247.1616174862@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since commit 2ce439f3 we have opened every file in the data directory
and called fsync() at the start of crash recovery. This can be very
slow if there are many files, leading to field complaints of systems
taking minutes or even hours to begin crash recovery.
Provide an alternative method, for Linux only, where we call syncfs() on
every possibly different filesystem under the data directory. This is
equivalent, but avoids faulting in potentially many inodes from
potentially slow storage.
The new mode comes with some caveats, described in the documentation, so
the default value for the new setting is "fsync", preserving the older
behavior.
Reported-by: Michael Brown <michael.brown@discourse.org>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Guo <guopa@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian <bruce@momjian.us>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11bc2bb7-ecb5-3ad0-b39f-df632734cd81%40discourse.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEET0ZHGnbXmi8yF3ywsDZvb3m9CbdsGZgfTXscQ6agcbzcZAw%40mail.gmail.com
There is now a per-column COMPRESSION option which can be set to pglz
(the default, and the only option in up until now) or lz4. Or, if you
like, you can set the new default_toast_compression GUC to lz4, and
then that will be the default for new table columns for which no value
is specified. We don't have lz4 support in the PostgreSQL code, so
to use lz4 compression, PostgreSQL must be built --with-lz4.
In general, TOAST compression means compression of individual column
values, not the whole tuple, and those values can either be compressed
inline within the tuple or compressed and then stored externally in
the TOAST table, so those properties also apply to this feature.
Prior to this commit, a TOAST pointer has two unused bits as part of
the va_extsize field, and a compessed datum has two unused bits as
part of the va_rawsize field. These bits are unused because the length
of a varlena is limited to 1GB; we now use them to indicate the
compression type that was used. This means we only have bit space for
2 more built-in compresison types, but we could work around that
problem, if necessary, by introducing a new vartag_external value for
any further types we end up wanting to add. Hopefully, it won't be
too important to offer a wide selection of algorithms here, since
each one we add not only takes more coding but also adds a build
dependency for every packager. Nevertheless, it seems worth doing
at least this much, because LZ4 gets better compression than PGLZ
with less CPU usage.
It's possible for LZ4-compressed datums to leak into composite type
values stored on disk, just as it is for PGLZ. It's also possible for
LZ4-compressed attributes to be copied into a different table via SQL
commands such as CREATE TABLE AS or INSERT .. SELECT. It would be
expensive to force such values to be decompressed, so PostgreSQL has
never done so. For the same reasons, we also don't force recompression
of already-compressed values even if the target table prefers a
different compression method than was used for the source data. These
architectural decisions are perhaps arguable but revisiting them is
well beyond the scope of what seemed possible to do as part of this
project. However, it's relatively cheap to recompress as part of
VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER, so this commit adjusts those commands to do
so, if the configured compression method of the table happens not to
match what was used for some column value stored therein.
Dilip Kumar. The original patches on which this work was based were
written by Ildus Kurbangaliev, and those were patches were based on
even earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, but the design has since changed
very substantially, since allow a potentially large number of
compression methods that could be added and dropped on a running
system proved too problematic given some of the architectural issues
mentioned above; the choice of which specific compression method to
add first is now different; and a lot of the code has been heavily
refactored. More recently, Justin Przyby helped quite a bit with
testing and reviewing and this version also includes some code
contributions from him. Other design input and review from Tomas
Vondra, Álvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander
Korotkov, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170907194236.4cefce96%40wp.localdomain
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uUpX3ck%3DK0mLEk-G_kUQY%3DSNOTeqdaNRR9FMdQrHKebw%40mail.gmail.com
Because guc.c prefers to keep all its string values in malloc'd
not palloc'd storage, it has to be more careful than usual to
avoid leaks. Error exits out of string GUC hook checks failed
to clear the proposed value string, and error exits out of
ProcessGUCArray() failed to clear the malloc'd results of
ParseLongOption().
Found via valgrind testing.
This problem is ancient, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3816764.1616104288@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some code paths in this function perform syscache lookups, which
can lead to table accesses and possibly leakage of cruft into
the caller's context. If said context is CacheMemoryContext,
we eventually will have visible bloat. But fixing this is no
harder than moving one memory context switch step. (The other
callers don't have a problem.)
Andres Freund and I independently found this via valgrind testing.
Back-patch to v12 where this code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210317023101.anvejcfotwka6gaa@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3816764.1616104288@sss.pgh.pa.us
Although these lists are usually NIL, and even when not empty
are unlikely to be large, constant relcache update traffic could
eventually result in visible bloat of CacheMemoryContext.
Found via valgrind testing.
Back-patch to v10 where this field was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3816764.1616104288@sss.pgh.pa.us
With grouping sets, it's possible that some of the grouping sets are
duplicate. This is especially common with CUBE and ROLLUP clauses. For
example GROUP BY CUBE (a,b), CUBE (b,c) is equivalent to
GROUP BY GROUPING SETS (
(a, b, c),
(a, b, c),
(a, b, c),
(a, b),
(a, b),
(a, b),
(a),
(a),
(a),
(c, a),
(c, a),
(c, a),
(c),
(b, c),
(b),
()
)
Some of the grouping sets are calculated multiple times, which is mostly
unnecessary. This commit implements a new GROUP BY DISTINCT feature, as
defined in the SQL standard, which eliminates the duplicate sets.
Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers, Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3805a8-d7d1-ae61-fece-761b7ff41ecc@postgresfriends.org
After a crash of a backend using temporary files, the files used to be
left behind, on the basis that it might be useful for debugging. But we
don't have any reports of anyone actually doing that, and it means the
disk usage may grow over time due to repeated backend failures (possibly
even hitting ENOSPC). So this behavior is a bit unfortunate, and fixing
it required either manual cleanup (deleting files, which is error-prone)
or restart of the instance (i.e. service disruption).
This implements automatic cleanup of temporary files, controled by a new
GUC remove_temp_files_after_crash. By default the files are removed, but
it can be disabled to restore the old behavior if needed.
Author: Euler Taveira
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Michael Paquier, Anastasia Lubennikova, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH503wDKdYzyq7U-QJqGn%3DGm6XmoK%2B6_6xTJ-Yn5WSvoHLY1Ww%40mail.gmail.com
pg_read_file() is the function that's in core, pg_file_read() is in
adminpack. But when using pg_file_read() in adminpack it calls the *C*
level function pg_read_file() in core, which probably threw the original
author off. But the error hint should be about the SQL function.
Reported-By: Sergei Kornilov
Backpatch-through: 11
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/373021616060475@mail.yandex.ru
Commit 05c8482f7f added the implementation of parallel SELECT for
"INSERT INTO ... SELECT ..." which may incur non-negligible overhead in
the additional parallel-safety checks that it performs, even when, in the
end, those checks determine that parallelism can't be used. This is
normally only ever a problem in the case of when the target table has a
large number of partitions.
A new GUC option "enable_parallel_insert" is added, to allow insert in
parallel-mode. The default is on.
In addition to the GUC option, the user may want a mechanism to allow
inserts in parallel-mode with finer granularity at table level. The new
table option "parallel_insert_enabled" allows this. The default is true.
Author: "Hou, Zhijie"
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1K-cW7svLC2D7DHoGHxdAdg3P37BLgebqBOC2ZLc9a6QQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Remove the entire idea of "stale stats" within nbtree VACUUM (stop
caring about stats involving the number of inserted tuples). Also
remove the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC/param on the master
branch (though just disable them on postgres 13).
The vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor/stats interface made the nbtree AM
partially responsible for deciding when pg_class.reltuples stats needed
to be updated. This seems contrary to the spirit of the index AM API,
though -- it is not actually necessary for an index AM's bulk delete and
cleanup callbacks to provide accurate stats when it happens to be
inconvenient. The core code owns that. (Index AMs have the authority
to perform or not perform certain kinds of deferred cleanup based on
their own considerations, such as page deletion and recycling, but that
has little to do with pg_class.reltuples/num_index_tuples.)
This issue was fairly harmless until the introduction of the
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold feature by commit b07642db, which had
an undesirable interaction with the vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
mechanism: it made insert-driven autovacuums perform full index scans,
even though there is no real benefit to doing so. This has been tied to
a regression with an append-only insert benchmark [1].
Also have remaining cases that perform a full scan of an index during a
cleanup-only nbtree VACUUM indicate that the final tuple count is only
an estimate. This prevents vacuumlazy.c from setting the index's
pg_class.reltuples in those cases (it will now only update pg_class when
vacuumlazy.c had TIDs for nbtree to bulk delete). This arguably fixes
an oversight in deduplication-related bugfix commit 48e12913.
[1] https://smalldatum.blogspot.com/2021/01/insert-benchmark-postgres-is-still.html
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoA4WHthN5uU6+WScZ7+J_RcEjmcuH94qcoUPuB42ShXzg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold was added.
When a foreign key constraint is applied to a partitioned table, each
leaf partition inherits a similar FK constraint. We were processing all
of those constraints independently, meaning that in large partitioning
trees we'd build up large collections of cached FK-checking query plans.
However, in all cases but one, the generated queries are actually
identical for all members of the inheritance tree (because, in most
cases, the query only mentions the topmost table of the other side of
the FK relationship). So we can share a single cached plan among all
the partitions, saving memory, not to mention time to build and maintain
the cached plans.
Keisuke Kuroda and Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cab4b85d-9292-967d-adf2-be0d803c3e23@nttcom.co.jp_1
Parallel SELECT can't be utilized for INSERT in the following cases:
- INSERT statement uses the ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE clause
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe: trigger, index expression or
predicate, column default expression or check constraint
- Target table has a parallel-unsafe domain constraint on any column
- Target table is a partitioned table with a parallel-unsafe partition key
expression or support function
The planner is updated to perform additional parallel-safety checks for
the cases listed above, for determining whether it is safe to run INSERT
in parallel-mode with an underlying parallel SELECT. The planner will
consider using parallel SELECT for "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...", provided
nothing unsafe is found from the additional parallel-safety checks, or
from the existing parallel-safety checks for SELECT.
While checking parallel-safety, we need to check it for all the partitions
on the table which can be costly especially when we decide not to use a
parallel plan. So, in a separate patch, we will introduce a GUC and or a
reloption to enable/disable parallelism for Insert statements.
Prior to entering parallel-mode for the execution of INSERT with parallel
SELECT, a TransactionId is acquired and assigned to the current
transaction state. This is necessary to prevent the INSERT from attempting
to assign the TransactionId whilst in parallel-mode, which is not allowed.
This approach has a disadvantage in that if the underlying SELECT does not
return any rows, then the TransactionId is not used, however that
shouldn't happen in practice in many cases.
Author: Greg Nancarrow, Amit Langote, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Hou Zhijie, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Antonin Houska, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Zhihong Yu, Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Tang, Haiying
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-cXnB5cnMKqWEp2E2z7Mvcd04iLVmV=qpFJrR3AcrTS3g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJcOf-fAdj=nDKMsRhQzndm-O13NY4dL6xGcEvdX5Xvbbi0V7g@mail.gmail.com
This commit adds new GUC track_wal_io_timing. When this is enabled,
the total amounts of time XLogWrite writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs
WAL data to disk are counted in pg_stat_wal. This information would be
useful to check how much WAL write and sync affect the performance.
Enabling track_wal_io_timing will make the server query the operating
system for the current time every time WAL is written or synced,
which may cause significant overhead on some platforms. To avoid such
additional overhead in the server with track_io_timing enabled,
this commit introduces track_wal_io_timing as a separate parameter from
track_io_timing.
Note that WAL write and sync activity by walreceiver has not been tracked yet.
This commit makes the server also track the numbers of times XLogWrite
writes and issue_xlog_fsync syncs WAL data to disk, in pg_stat_wal,
regardless of the setting of track_wal_io_timing. This counters can be
used to calculate the WAL write and sync time per request, for example.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-By: Japin Li, Hayato Kuroda, Masahiko Sawada, David Johnston, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0509ad67b585a5b86a83d445dfa75392@oss.nttdata.com
PostgreSQL disabled compression as of e3bdb2d and the documentation
recommends against using it since. Additionally, SSL compression has
been disabled in OpenSSL since version 1.1.0, and was disabled in many
distributions long before that. The most recent TLS version, TLSv1.3,
disallows compression at the protocol level.
This commit removes the feature itself, removing support for the libpq
parameter sslcompression (parameter still listed for compatibility
reasons with existing connection strings, just ignored), and removes
the equivalent field in pg_stat_ssl and de facto PgBackendSSLStatus.
Note that, on top of removing the ability to activate compression by
configuration, compression is actively disabled in both frontend and
backend to avoid overrides from local configurations.
A TAP test is added for deprecated SSL parameters to check after
backwards compatibility.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Magnus Hagander, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7E384D48-11C5-441B-9EC3-F7DB1F8518F6@yesql.se
Protocol version 3 was introduced in PostgreSQL 7.4. There shouldn't be
many clients or servers left out there without version 3 support. But as
a courtesy, I kept just enough of the old protocol support that we can
still send the "unsupported protocol version" error in v2 format, so that
old clients can display the message properly. Likewise, libpq still
understands v2 ErrorResponse messages when establishing a connection.
The impetus to do this now is that I'm working on a patch to COPY
FROM, to always prefetch some data. We cannot do that safely with the
old protocol, because it requires parsing the input one byte at a time
to detect the end-of-copy marker.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9ec25819-0a8a-d51a-17dc-4150bb3cca3b%40iki.fi
This allows clients to find out the setting at connection time without
having to expend a query round trip to do so; which is helpful when
trying to identify read/write servers. (One must also look at
in_hot_standby, but that's already GUC_REPORT, cf bf8a662c9.)
Modifying libpq to make use of this will come soon, but I felt it
cleaner to push the server change separately.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
Point to the specific line where the error was detected; the
previous code tended to include several preceding lines as well.
Avoid re-scanning the entire input to recompute which line that
was. Simplify the logic a bit. Add test cases.
Simon Riggs and Hamid Akhtar, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-EPBnXm3MF_TTWBwwqgn1a1Ghmep9VHfqmNBQ8BT0f+_g@mail.gmail.com
Cut down on system calls and other overheads by reading from a signalfd
instead of using a signal handler and self-pipe. Affects Linux sytems,
and possibly others including illumos that implement the Linux epoll and
signalfd interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJjxPDpzBE0a3hyUywBvaZuC89yx3jK9RFZgfv_KHU7gg@mail.gmail.com
As envisioned in commit c98763bf51, it is possible for VACUUM to
ignore certain transactions that are executing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY
and REINDEX CONCURRENTLY for the purposes of computing Xmin; that's
because we know those transactions are not going to examine any other
tables, and are not going to execute anything else in the same
transaction. (Only operations on "safe" indexes can be ignored: those
on indexes that are neither partial nor expressional).
This is extremely useful in cases where CIC/RC can run for a very long
time, because that used to be a significant headache for concurrent
vacuuming of other tables.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210115133858.GA18931@alvherre.pgsql
The code paths for three different OSes finished up with three different
ways of excluding C[.xxx] and POSIX from consideration. Merge them.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Instead of an unsightly internal "cache lookup failed" message, just
return NULL for bad OIDs, as is the convention for other similar things.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210117215940.GE8560%40telsasoft.com
Add another method to specify CRLs, hashed directory method, for both
server and client side. This offers a means for server or libpq to
load only CRLs that are required to verify a certificate. The CRL
directory is specifed by separate GUC variables or connection options
ssl_crl_dir and sslcrldir, alongside the existing ssl_crl_file and
sslcrl, so both methods can be used at the same time.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200731.173911.904649928639357911.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Commit 2f2007fbb did this partially, but there were two remaining
warts. checkcondition_gin handled some uncertain cases by setting
the out-of-band recheck flag, some by returning TS_MAYBE, and some
by doing both. Meanwhile, TS_execute arbitrarily converted a
TS_MAYBE result to TS_YES. Thus, if checkcondition_gin chose to
only return TS_MAYBE, the outcome would be TS_YES with no recheck
flag, potentially resulting in wrong query outputs.
The case where this'd happen is if there were GIN_MAYBE entries
in the indexscan results passed to gin_tsquery_[tri]consistent,
which so far as I can see would only happen if the tidbitmap used
to accumulate indexscan results grew large enough to become lossy.
I initially thought of fixing this by ensuring we always set the
recheck flag as well as returning TS_MAYBE in uncertain cases.
But that errs in the other direction, potentially forcing rechecks
of rows that provably match the query (since the recheck flag
remains set even if TS_execute later finds that the answer must be
TS_YES). Instead, let's get rid of the out-of-band recheck flag
altogether and rely on returning TS_MAYBE. This requires exporting
a version of TS_execute that will actually return the full ternary
result of the evaluation ... but we likely should have done that
to start with.
Unfortunately it doesn't seem practical to add a regression test case
that covers this: the amount of data needed to cause the GIN bitmap to
become lossy results in a longer runtime than I think we want to have
in the tests. (I'm wondering about allowing smaller work_mem settings
to ameliorate that, but it'd be a matter for a separate patch.)
Per bug #16865 from Dimitri Nüscheler. Back-patch to v13 where
the faulty commit came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16865-4ffdc3e682e6d75b@postgresql.org
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
The first attempt of this patch (commit 3b733fcd04) caused the buildfarm
member "rorqual" (built with --disable-atomics --disable-spinlocks) to report
the failure of the regression test. It was reverted by commit 890d2182a2.
The cause of this failure was that the atomic variable for "waitstart"
in the dummy process entry created at the end of prepare transaction was
not initialized. This second attempt fixes that issue.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
FreeBSD 13 gained O_DSYNC, which would normally cause wal_sync_method to
choose open_datasync as its default value. That may not be a good
choice for all systems, and performs worse than fdatasync in some
scenarios. Let's preserve the existing default behavior for now.
Like commit 576477e73c, which did the same for Linux, back-patch to all
supported releases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLsAMXBQrCxCXoW-JsUYmdOL8ALYvaX%3DCrHqWxm-nWbGA%40mail.gmail.com
With its current design, a careless use of pg_cryptohash_final() could
would result in an out-of-bound write in memory as the size of the
destination buffer to store the result digest is not known to the
cryptohash internals, without the caller knowing about that. This
commit adds a new argument to pg_cryptohash_final() to allow such sanity
checks, and implements such defenses.
The internals of SCRAM for HMAC could be tightened a bit more, but as
everything is based on SCRAM_KEY_LEN with uses particular to this code
there is no need to complicate its interface more than necessary, and
this comes back to the refactoring of HMAC in core. Except that, this
minimizes the uses of the existing DIGEST_LENGTH variables, relying
instead on sizeof() for the result sizes. In ossp-uuid, this also makes
the code more defensive, as it already relied on dce_uuid_t being at
least the size of a MD5 digest.
This is in philosophy similar to cfc40d3 for base64.c and aef8948 for
hex.c.
Reported-by: Ranier Vilela
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAoqEGmcff3J4sTSV-R_16Monuz-UpJFbf_dnVH=APr02Q@mail.gmail.com
Given a regex pattern with a very long fixed prefix (approaching 500
characters), the result of pow(FIXED_CHAR_SEL, fixed_prefix_len) can
underflow to zero. Typically the preceding selectivity calculation
would have underflowed as well, so that we compute 0/0 and get NaN.
In released branches this leads to an assertion failure later on.
That doesn't happen in HEAD, for reasons I've not explored yet,
but it's surely still a bug.
To fix, just skip the division when the pow() result is zero, so
that we'll (most likely) return a zero selectivity estimate. In
the edge cases where "sel" didn't yet underflow, perhaps this
isn't desirable, but I'm not sure that the case is worth spending
a lot of effort on. The results of regex_selectivity_sub() are
barely worth the electrons they're written on anyway :-(
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6de0a0c3-ada9-cd0c-3e4e-2fa9964b41e3@gmail.com
Explicitly testing for INT_MIN and INT_MAX isn't particularly good
style; it's tedious and may draw useless compiler warnings on
machines where int and long are the same width. We invented
strtoint() precisely for this usage, so use that instead.
While here, remove gratuitous variations in the way the tests for
did-strtoint-succeed were spelled. Also, avoid attempting to
negate INT_MIN; that would probably work given that the result
is implicitly cast to uint32, but I think it's nominally undefined
behavior.
Per gripe from Ranier Vilela, though this isn't his proposed patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAqge3QfzoBRhe59QrB_5g+NmQUj2QpzqZ9Nc7QepXGAEw@mail.gmail.com
For an index, attstattarget can be updated using ALTER INDEX SET
STATISTICS. This data was lost on the new index after REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY.
The update of this field is done when the old and new indexes are
swapped to make the fix back-patchable. Another approach we could look
after in the long-term is to change index_create() to pass the wanted
values of attstattarget when creating the new relation, but, as this
would cause an ABI breakage this can be done only on HEAD.
Reported-by: Ronan Dunklau
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16628084.uLZWGnKmhe@laptop-ronand
Backpatch-through: 12
This commit adds new column "waitstart" into pg_locks view. This column
reports the time when the server process started waiting for the lock
if the lock is not held. This information is useful, for example, when
examining the amount of time to wait on a lock by subtracting
"waitstart" in pg_locks from the current time, and identify the lock
that the processes are waiting for very long.
This feature uses the current time obtained for the deadlock timeout
timer as "waitstart" (i.e., the time when this process started waiting
for the lock). Since getting the current time newly can cause overhead,
we reuse the already-obtained time to avoid that overhead.
Note that "waitstart" is updated without holding the lock table's
partition lock, to avoid the overhead by additional lock acquisition.
This can cause "waitstart" in pg_locks to become NULL for a very short
period of time after the wait started even though "granted" is false.
This is OK in practice because we can assume that users are likely to
look at "waitstart" when waiting for the lock for a long time.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a96013dc51cdc56b2a2b84fa8a16a993@oss.nttdata.com
This follows in the spirit of commit dfb75e478, which created primary
key and uniqueness constraints to improve the visibility of constraints
imposed on the system catalogs. While our catalogs contain many
foreign-key-like relationships, they don't quite follow SQL semantics,
in that the convention for an omitted reference is to write zero not
NULL. Plus, we have some cases in which there are arrays each of whose
elements is supposed to be an FK reference; SQL has no way to model that.
So we can't create actual foreign key constraints to describe the
situation. Nonetheless, we can collect and use knowledge about these
relationships.
This patch therefore adds annotations to the catalog header files to
declare foreign-key relationships. (The BKI_LOOKUP annotations cover
simple cases, but we weren't previously distinguishing which such
columns are allowed to contain zeroes; we also need new markings for
multi-column FK references.) Then, Catalog.pm and genbki.pl are
taught to collect this information into a table in a new generated
header "system_fk_info.h". The only user of that at the moment is
a new SQL function pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys(), which exposes the
table to SQL. The oidjoins regression test is rewritten to use
pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys() to find out which columns to check.
Aside from removing the need for manual maintenance of that test
script, this allows it to cover numerous relationships that were not
checked by the old implementation based on findoidjoins. (As of this
commit, 217 relationships are checked by the test, versus 181 before.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3240355.1612129197@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adds the SQL standard feature that adds the SEARCH and CYCLE
clauses to recursive queries to be able to do produce breadth- or
depth-first search orders and detect cycles. These clauses can be
rewritten into queries using existing syntax, and that is what this
patch does in the rewriter.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/db80ceee-6f97-9b4a-8ee8-3ba0c58e5be2@2ndquadrant.com
On machines where sizeof(Datum) > sizeof(Oid) (that is, any 64-bit
platform), the previous coding would compute a misaligned
workspace->index pointer if nupper is odd. Architectures where
misaligned access is a hard no-no would then fail. This appears
to explain why thorntail is unhappy but other buildfarm members
are not.
Given a permanent relation rewritten in the current transaction, the
old_snapshot_threshold mechanism assumed the relation had never been
subject to early pruning. Hence, a query could fail to report "snapshot
too old" when the rewrite followed an early truncation. ALTER TABLE SET
TABLESPACE is probably the only rewrite mechanism capable of exposing
this bug. REINDEX sets indcheckxmin, avoiding the problem. CLUSTER has
zeroed page LSNs since before old_snapshot_threshold existed, so
old_snapshot_threshold has never cooperated with it. ALTER TABLE
... SET DATA TYPE makes the table look empty to every past snapshot,
which is strictly worse. Back-patch to v13, where commit
c6b92041d3 broke this.
Kyotaro Horiguchi and Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210113.160705.2225256954956139776.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Conversions between EUC_TW and Big5 were previously implemented by
converting the whole input to MIC first, and then from MIC to the target
encoding. Implement functions to convert directly between the two.
The reason to do this now is that I'm working on a patch that will change
the conversion function signature so that if the input is invalid, we
convert as much as we can and return the number of bytes successfully
converted. That's not possible if we use an intermediary format, because
if an error happens in the intermediary -> final conversion, we lose track
of the location of the invalid character in the original input. Avoiding
the intermediate step makes the conversions faster, too.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b9e3167f-f84b-7aa4-5738-be578a4db924%40iki.fi
This makes pg_verify_mbstr() function faster, by allowing more efficient
encoding-specific implementations. All the implementations included in
this commit are pretty naive, they just call the same encoding-specific
verifychar functions that were used previously, but that already gives a
performance boost because the tight character-at-a-time loop is simpler.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e7861509-3960-538a-9025-b75a61188e01@iki.fi
The same code pattern was repeated four times when compiling a SHA-2
hash. This refactoring has the advantage to issue a compilation warning
if a new value is added to pg_cryptohash_type, so as anybody doing an
addition in this area would need to consider if support for a new SQL
function is needed or not.
Author: Sehrope Sarkuni, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YA7DvLRn2xnTgsMc@paquier.xyz
When commit f425b605 introduced cost based vacuum delays back in 2004,
the defaults reflected then-current trends in hardware, as well as
certain historical limitations in PostgreSQL. There have been enormous
improvements in both areas since that time. The cost limit GUC defaults
finally became much more representative of current trends following
commit cbccac37, which decreased autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay's default
by 10x for PostgreSQL 12 (it went from 20ms to only 2ms).
The relative costs have shifted too. This should also be accounted for
by the defaults. More specifically, the relative importance of avoiding
dirtying pages within VACUUM has greatly increased, primarily due to
main memory capacity scaling and trends in flash storage. Within
Postgres itself, improvements like sequential access during index
vacuuming (at least in nbtree and GiST indexes) have also been
contributing factors.
To reflect all this, decrease the default of vacuum_cost_page_miss to 2.
Since the default of vacuum_cost_page_dirty remains 20, dirtying a page
is now considered 10x "costlier" than a page miss by default.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmLPFnkWT8xMjmcsm7YS3+_Qi3iRWAb2+_Bc8UhVyHfuA@mail.gmail.com
This patch essentially is cleaning up technical debt left behind
by the original implementation of plpgsql procedures, particularly
commit d92bc83c4. That patch (or more precisely, follow-on patches
fixing its worst bugs) forced us to re-plan CALL and DO statements
each time through, if we're in a non-atomic context. That wasn't
for any fundamental reason, but just because use of a saved plan
requires having a ResourceOwner to hold a reference count for the
plan, and we had no suitable resowner at hand, nor would the
available APIs support using one if we did. While it's not that
expensive to create a "plan" for CALL/DO, the cycles do add up
in repeated executions.
This patch therefore makes the following API changes:
* GetCachedPlan/ReleaseCachedPlan are modified to let the caller
specify which resowner to use to pin the plan, rather than forcing
use of CurrentResourceOwner.
* spi.c gains a "SPI_execute_plan_extended" entry point that lets
callers say which resowner to use to pin the plan. This borrows the
idea of an options struct from the recently added SPI_prepare_extended,
hopefully allowing future options to be added without more API breaks.
This supersedes SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist (which I've marked
deprecated) as well as SPI_execute_plan_with_receiver (which is new
in v14, so I just took it out altogether).
* I also took the opportunity to remove the crude hack of letting
plpgsql reach into SPI private data structures to mark SPI plans as
"no_snapshot". It's better to treat that as an option of
SPI_prepare_extended.
Now, when running a non-atomic procedure or DO block that contains
any CALL or DO commands, plpgsql creates a ResourceOwner that
will be used to pin the plans of the CALL/DO commands. (In an
atomic context, we just use CurrentResourceOwner, as before.)
Having done this, we can just save CALL/DO plans normally,
whether or not they are used across transaction boundaries.
This seems to be good for something like 2X speedup of a CALL
of a trivial procedure with a few simple argument expressions.
By restricting the creation of an extra ResourceOwner like this,
there's essentially zero penalty in cases that can't benefit.
Pavel Stehule, with some further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRCLPdDAETvR7Po7gC5y_ibkn_-bOzbeJb39WHms01194Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously, pull_varnos() took the relids of a PlaceHolderVar as being
equal to the relids in its contents, but that fails to account for the
possibility that we have to postpone evaluation of the PHV due to outer
joins. This could result in a malformed plan. The known cases end up
triggering the "failed to assign all NestLoopParams to plan nodes"
sanity check in createplan.c, but other symptoms may be possible.
The right value to use is the join level we actually intend to evaluate
the PHV at. We can get that from the ph_eval_at field of the associated
PlaceHolderInfo. However, there are some places that call pull_varnos()
before the PlaceHolderInfos have been created; in that case, fall back
to the conservative assumption that the PHV will be evaluated at its
syntactic level. (In principle this might result in missing some legal
optimization, but I'm not aware of any cases where it's an issue in
practice.) Things are also a bit ticklish for calls occurring during
deconstruct_jointree(), but AFAICS the ph_eval_at fields should have
reached their final values by the time we need them.
The main problem in making this work is that pull_varnos() has no
way to get at the PlaceHolderInfos. We can fix that easily, if a
bit tediously, in HEAD by passing it the planner "root" pointer.
In the back branches that'd cause an unacceptable API/ABI break for
extensions, so leave the existing entry points alone and add new ones
with the additional parameter. (If an old entry point is called and
encounters a PHV, it'll fall back to using the syntactic level,
again possibly missing some valid optimization.)
Back-patch to v12. The computation is surely also wrong before that,
but it appears that we cannot reach a bad plan thanks to join order
restrictions imposed on the subquery that the PlaceHolderVar came from.
The error only became reachable when commit 4be058fe9 allowed trivial
subqueries to be collapsed out completely, eliminating their join order
restrictions.
Per report from Stephan Springl.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171041.1610849523@sss.pgh.pa.us
This add counters for number of sessions, the different kind of session
termination types, and timers for how much time is spent in active vs
idle in a database to pg_stat_database.
Internally this also renames the parameter "force" to disconnect. This
was the only use-case for the parameter before, so repurposing it to
this mroe narrow usecase makes things cleaner than inventing something
new.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: Magnus Hagander, Soumyadeep Chakraborty, Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b07e1f9953701b90c66ed368656f2aef40cac4fb.camel@cybertec.at
This commit addresses some issues with c3826f83 that moved the hex
decoding routine to src/common/:
- The decoding function lacked overflow checks, so when used for
security-related features it was an open door to out-of-bound writes if
not carefully used that could remain undetected. Like the base64
routines already in src/common/ used by SCRAM, this routine is reworked
to check for overflows by having the size of the destination buffer
passed as argument, with overflows checked before doing any writes.
- The encoding routine was missing. This is moved to src/common/ and
it gains the same overflow checks as the decoding part.
On failure, the hex routines of src/common/ issue an error as per the
discussion done to make them usable by frontend tools, but not by shared
libraries. Note that this is why ECPG is left out of this commit, and
it still includes a duplicated logic doing hex encoding and decoding.
While on it, this commit uses better variable names for the source and
destination buffers in the existing escape and base64 routines in
encode.c and it makes them more robust to overflow detection. The
previous core code issued a FATAL after doing out-of-bound writes if
going through the SQL functions, which would be enough to detect
problems when working on changes that impacted this area of the
code. Instead, an error is issued before doing an out-of-bound write.
The hex routines were being directly called for bytea conversions and
backup manifests without such sanity checks. The current calls happen
to not have any problems, but careless uses of such APIs could easily
lead to CVE-class bugs.
Author: Bruce Momjian, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Sehrope Sarkuni
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231003557.GB22199@momjian.us
Move it to class 57 (Operator Intervention), which seems like a
better choice given that from the client's standpoint it behaves
a heck of a lot like, e.g., ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN.
In a green field I'd put ERRCODE_IDLE_IN_TRANSACTION_SESSION_TIMEOUT
here as well. But that's been around for a few years, so it's
probably too late to change its SQLSTATE code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
This commit adds GUC log_recovery_conflict_waits that controls whether
a log message is produced when the startup process is waiting longer than
deadlock_timeout for recovery conflicts. This is useful in determining
if recovery conflicts prevent the recovery from applying WAL.
Note that currently a log message is produced only when recovery conflict
has not been resolved yet even after deadlock_timeout passes, i.e.,
only when the startup process is still waiting for recovery conflict
even after deadlock_timeout.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a60178c-a853-1440-2cdc-c3af916cff59@amazon.com
This GUC variable works much like idle_in_transaction_session_timeout,
in that it kills sessions that have waited too long for a new client
query. But it applies when we're not in a transaction, rather than
when we are.
Li Japin, reviewed by David Johnston and Hayato Kuroda, some
fixes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/763A0689-F189-459E-946F-F0EC4458980B@hotmail.com
A very common usage pattern is that we set a timeout that we don't
expect to reach, cancel it after a little bit, and later repeat.
With the original implementation of timeout.c, this results in one
setitimer() call per timeout set or cancel. We can do a lot better
by being lazy about changing the timeout interrupt request, namely:
(1) never cancel the outstanding interrupt, even when we have no
active timeout events;
(2) if we need to set an interrupt, but there already is one pending
at or before the required time, leave it alone. When the interrupt
happens, the signal handler will reschedule it at whatever time is
then needed.
For example, with a one-second setting for statement_timeout, this
method results in having to interact with the kernel only a little
more than once a second, no matter how many statements we execute
in between. The mainline code might never call setitimer() at all
after the first time, while each time the signal handler fires,
it sees that the then-pending request is most of a second away,
and that's when it sets the next interrupt request for. Each
mainline timeout-set request after that will observe that the time
it wants is past the pending interrupt request time, and do nothing.
This also works pretty well for cases where a few different timeout
lengths are in use, as long as none of them are very short. But
that describes our usage well.
Idea and original patch by Thomas Munro; I fixed a race condition
and improved the comments.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+o6pbuHBJSGnud=TadsuXySWA7CCcPgCt2QE9F6_4iHQ@mail.gmail.com
Forced cache invalidation (CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS) has been impractical
to use for testing in PostgreSQL because it's so slow and because it's
toggled on/off only at build time. It is helpful when hunting bugs in
any code that uses the sycache/relcache because causes cache
invalidations to be injected whenever it would be possible for an
invalidation to occur, whether or not one was really pending.
Address this by providing run-time control over cache clobber
behaviour using the new debug_invalidate_system_caches_always GUC.
Support is not compiled in at all unless assertions are enabled or
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is explicitly defined at compile time. It
defaults to 0 if compiled in, so it has negligible effect on assert
build performance by default.
When support is compiled in, test code can now set
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always=1 locally to a backend to test
specific queries, functions, extensions, etc. Or tests can toggle it
globally for a specific test case while retaining normal performance
during test setup and teardown.
For backwards compatibility with existing test harnesses and scripts,
debug_invalidate_system_caches_always defaults to 1 if
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS is defined, and to 3 if CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVE
is defined.
CLOBBER_CACHE_ENABLED is now visible in pg_config_manual.h, as is the
related RECOVER_RELATION_BUILD_MEMORY setting for the relcache.
Author: Craig Ringer <craig.ringer@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAMsr+YF=+ctXBZj3ywmvKNUjWpxmuTuUKuv-rgbHGX5i5pLstQ@mail.gmail.com
Aside from being queriable via SHOW, this value is sent to the client
immediately at session startup, and again later on if the server gets
promoted to primary during the session. The immediate report will be
used in an upcoming patch to avoid an extra round trip when trying to
connect to a primary server.
Haribabu Kommi, Greg Nancarrow, Tom Lane; reviewed at various times
by Laurenz Albe, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Peter Smith.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF3+xM+8-ztOkaV9gHiJ3wfgENTq97QcjXQt+rbFQ6F7oNzt9A@mail.gmail.com
In power_var_int(), the computation of the number of significant
digits to use in the computation used log(Abs(exp)), which isn't safe
because Abs(exp) returns INT_MIN when exp is INT_MIN. Use fabs()
instead of Abs(), so that the exponent is cast to a double before the
absolute value is taken.
Back-patch to 9.6, where this was introduced (by 7d9a4737c2).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVd6pMkz=BrZEgBKyqqJrt2xghr=fNc8+Z=5xC6cgWrWA@mail.gmail.com
If the substring start index and length overflow when added together,
substring() misbehaved, either throwing a bogus "negative substring
length" error on a case that should succeed, or failing to complain that
a negative length is negative (and instead returning the whole string,
in most cases). Unsurprisingly, the text, bytea, and bit variants of
the function all had this issue. Rearrange the logic to ensure that
negative lengths are always rejected, and add an overflow check to
handle the other case.
Also install similar guards into detoast_attr_slice() (nee
heap_tuple_untoast_attr_slice()), since it's far from clear that
no other code paths leading to that function could pass it values
that would overflow.
Patch by myself and Pavel Stehule, per bug #16804 from Rafi Shamim.
Back-patch to v11. While these bugs are old, the common/int.h
infrastructure for overflow-detecting arithmetic didn't exist before
commit 4d6ad3125, and it doesn't seem like these misbehaviors are bad
enough to justify developing a standalone fix for the older branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16804-f4eeeb6c11ba71d4@postgresql.org
Performance issues with the preceding patch to re-implement array
element assignment within pl/pgsql led me to realize that the read/write
parameter mechanism is misdesigned. Instead of requiring the assignment
source expression to be such that *all* its references to the target
variable could be passed as R/W, we really want to identify *one*
reference to the target variable to be passed as R/W, allowing any other
ones to be passed read/only as they would be by default. As long as the
R/W reference is a direct argument to the top-level (hence last to be
executed) function in the expression, there is no harm in R/O references
being passed to other lower parts of the expression. Nor is there any
use-case for more than one argument of the top-level function being R/W.
Hence, rewrite that logic to identify one single Param that references
the target variable, and make only that Param pass a read/write
reference, not any other Params referencing the target variable.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4165684.1607707277@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit preserves the logic of multirange_in() but makes it more clear
what's going on. Also, this commit fixes the compiler warning spotted by the
buildfarm.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2246043.1609290699%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Since at least 2001 we've used putenv() and avoided setenv(), on the
grounds that the latter was unportable and not in POSIX. However,
POSIX added it that same year, and by now the situation has reversed:
setenv() is probably more portable than putenv(), since POSIX now
treats the latter as not being a core function. And setenv() has
cleaner semantics too. So, let's reverse that old policy.
This commit adds a simple src/port/ implementation of setenv() for
any stragglers (we have one in the buildfarm, but I'd not be surprised
if that code is never used in the field). More importantly, extend
win32env.c to also support setenv(). Then, replace usages of putenv()
with setenv(), and get rid of some ad-hoc implementations of setenv()
wannabees.
Also, adjust our src/port/ implementation of unsetenv() to follow the
POSIX spec that it returns an error indicator, rather than returning
void as per the ancient BSD convention. I don't feel a need to make
all the call sites check for errors, but the portability stub ought
to match real-world practice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2065122.1609212051@sss.pgh.pa.us
Attempt to get selectivity estimation for @> (anymultirange, anyrange) operator
caused an error in buildfarm, because this operator was missed in switch()
of calc_hist_selectivity(). Fix that and also make regression tests reliably
check that selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges doesn't fall. Previously,
whether we test selectivity estimation for (multi)ranges depended on
whether autovacuum managed to gather concurrently to the test.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X%2BwmgjRItuvHNBeV%40paquier.xyz
secure_open_gssapi() installed the krb_server_keyfile setting as
KRB5_KTNAME unconditionally, so long as it's not empty. However,
pg_GSS_recvauth() only installed it if KRB5_KTNAME wasn't set already,
leading to a troubling inconsistency: in theory, clients could see
different sets of server principal names depending on whether they
use GSSAPI encryption. Always using krb_server_keyfile seems like
the right thing, so make both places do that. Also fix up
secure_open_gssapi()'s lack of a check for setenv() failure ---
it's unlikely, surely, but security-critical actions are no place
to be sloppy.
Also improve the associated documentation.
This patch does nothing about secure_open_gssapi()'s use of setenv(),
and indeed causes pg_GSS_recvauth() to use it too. That's nominally
against project portability rules, but since this code is only built
with --with-gssapi, I do not feel a need to do something about this
in the back branches. A fix will be forthcoming for HEAD though.
Back-patch to v12 where GSSAPI encryption was introduced. The
dubious behavior in pg_GSS_recvauth() goes back further, but it
didn't have anything to be inconsistent with, so let it be.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2187460.1609263156@sss.pgh.pa.us
When the postmaster sends SIGQUIT to its children, there's no real
need for all the children to log that fact; the postmaster already
made a log entry about it, so adding perhaps dozens or hundreds of
child-process log entries adds nothing of value. So, let's introduce
a new ereport level to specify "WARNING, but never send to log" and
use that for these messages.
Such a change wouldn't have been desirable before commit 7e784d1dc,
because if someone manually SIGQUIT's a backend, we *do* want to log
that. But now we can tell the difference between a signal that was
issued by the postmaster and one that was not with reasonable
certainty.
While we're here, also clear error_context_stack before ereport'ing,
to prevent error callbacks from being invoked in the signal-handler
context. This should reduce the odds of getting hung up while trying
to notify the client.
Per a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201225230331.hru3u6obyy6j53tk@alap3.anarazel.de
6df7a9698b has introduced a set of operators between ranges and multiranges.
Existing GiST indexes for ranges could easily support majority of them.
This commit adds support for new operators to the existing range GiST indexes.
New operators resides the same strategy numbers as existing ones. Appropriate
check function is determined using the subtype.
Catversion is bumped.
There is a set of *_internal() functions exposed in
include/utils/multirangetypes.h. This commit improves the signatures of these
functions in two ways.
* Add const qualifies where applicable.
* Replace multirange typecache argument with range typecache argument.
Multirange typecache was used solely to find the range typecache. At the
same time, range typecache is easier for the caller to find.
We have operators for checking if the multirange contains a range but don't
have the opposite. This commit improves completeness of the operator set by
adding two new operators: @> (anyrange,anymultirange) and
<@(anymultirange,anyrange).
Catversion is bumped.
Two functions multirange_range_overlaps_bsearch_comparison() and
multirange_range_contains_bsearch_comparison() contain bugs of returning -1
instead of 1. This commit fixes these bugs and adds corresponding regression
tests.
Unrecoverable errors detected by GSSAPI encryption can't just be
reported with elog(ERROR) or elog(FATAL), because attempting to
send the error report to the client is likely to lead to infinite
recursion or loss of protocol sync. Instead make this code do what
the SSL encryption code has long done, which is to just report any
such failure to the server log (with elevel COMMERROR), then pretend
we've lost the connection by returning errno = ECONNRESET.
Along the way, fix confusion about whether message translation is done
by pg_GSS_error() or its callers (the latter should do it), and make
the backend version of that function work more like the frontend
version.
Avoid allocating the port->gss struct until it's needed; we surely
don't need to allocate it in the postmaster.
Improve logging of "connection authorized" messages with GSS enabled.
(As part of this, I back-patched the code changes from dc11f31a1.)
Make BackendStatusShmemSize() account for the GSS-related space that
will be allocated by CreateSharedBackendStatus(). This omission
could possibly cause out-of-shared-memory problems with very high
max_connections settings.
Remove arbitrary, pointless restriction that only GSS authentication
can be used on a GSS-encrypted connection.
Improve documentation; notably, document the fact that libpq now
prefers GSS encryption over SSL encryption if both are possible.
Per report from Mikael Gustavsson. Back-patch to v12 where
this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5b0b6ed05764324a2f3fe7acfc766d5@smhi.se
The code in charge of processing a single invalidation message has been
using since 568d413 the structure for relation mapping messages. This
had fortunately no consequence as both locate the database ID at the
same location, but it could become a problem in the future if this area
of the code changes.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8044c223-4d3a-2cdb-42bf-29940840ce94@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 9.5
The patch needs test cases, reorganization, and cfbot testing.
Technically reverts commits 5c31afc49d..e35b2bad1a (exclusive/inclusive)
and 08db7c63f3..ccbe34139b.
Reported-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ktAAG-0002V2-VB@gemulon.postgresql.org
This makes existing sessions reflect "ALTER ROLE ... [NO]INHERIT" as
quickly as they have been reflecting "GRANT role_name". Back-patch to
9.5 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Nathan Bossart.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201221095028.GB3777719@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a key management system that stores (currently) two data
encryption keys of length 128, 192, or 256 bits. The data keys are
AES256 encrypted using a key encryption key, and validated via GCM
cipher mode. A command to obtain the key encryption key must be
specified at initdb time, and will be run at every database server
start. New parameters allow a file descriptor open to the terminal to
be passed. pg_upgrade support has also been added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k7q5o6Nc_AaX6BcYM9yqTbC6_pnH-6nSD=54Zp6NBQTCQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201202213814.GG20285@momjian.us
Author: Masahiko Sawada, me, Stephen Frost
The parsing of this parameter has been using strtoul(), which is not
portable across platforms. On most Unix platforms, unsigned long has a
size of 64 bits, while on Windows it is 32 bits. It is common in
recovery scenarios to rely on the output of txid_current() or even the
newer pg_current_xact_id() to get a transaction ID for setting up
recovery_target_xid. The value returned by those functions includes the
epoch in the computed result, which would cause strtoul() to fail where
unsigned long has a size of 32 bits once the epoch is incremented.
WAL records and 2PC data include only information about 32-bit XIDs and
it is not possible to have XIDs across more than one epoch, so
discarding the high bits from the transaction ID set has no impact on
recovery. On the contrary, the use of strtoul() prevents a consistent
behavior across platforms depending on the size of unsigned long.
This commit changes the parsing of recovery_target_xid to use
pg_strtouint64() instead, available down to 9.6. There is one TAP test
stressing recovery with recovery_target_xid, where a tweak based on
pg_reset{xlog,wal} is added to bump the XID epoch so as this change gets
tested, as per an idea from Alexander Lakhin.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16780-107fd0c0385b1035@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.6
The jsonb || jsonb operator arbitrarily rejected certain combinations
of scalar and non-scalar inputs, while being willing to concatenate
other combinations. This was of course quite undocumented. Rather
than trying to document it, let's just remove the restriction,
creating a uniform rule that unless we are handling an object-to-object
concatenation, non-array inputs are converted to one-element arrays,
resulting in an array-to-array concatenation. (This does not change
the behavior for any case that didn't throw an error before.)
Per complaint from Joel Jacobson. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/163099.1608312033@sss.pgh.pa.us
6df7a9698b introduces multirange types, whose typanalyze function shares
infrastructure with range types typanalyze function. Since 6df7a9698b,
information about type gathered by statistics is filled from typcache.
But typalign is mistakenly always set to double. This commit fixes this
oversight.
Multiranges are basically sorted arrays of non-overlapping ranges with
set-theoretic operations defined over them.
Since v14, each range type automatically gets a corresponding multirange
datatype. There are both manual and automatic mechanisms for naming multirange
types. Once can specify multirange type name using multirange_type_name
attribute in CREATE TYPE. Otherwise, a multirange type name is generated
automatically. If the range type name contains "range" then we change that to
"multirange". Otherwise, we add "_multirange" to the end.
Implementation of multiranges comes with a space-efficient internal
representation format, which evades extra paddings and duplicated storage of
oids. Altogether this format allows fetching a particular range by its index
in O(n).
Statistic gathering and selectivity estimation are implemented for multiranges.
For this purpose, stored multirange is approximated as union range without gaps.
This field will likely need improvements in the future.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vSUpQ_Y%3DjXvTxt1VYFztaBSsWVXeF1y6gTYQ4bOiWDLgQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0b8026459d1e6167933be2104a6174e7d40d0ab.camel%40j-davis.com#fe7218c83b08068bfffb0c5293eceda0
Author: Paul Jungwirth, revised by me
Reviewed-by: David Fetter, Corey Huinker, Jeff Davis, Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Isaac Morland, David G. Johnston
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu, Alexander Korotkov
A narrow reading of the C standard says that memcpy(x,x,n) is undefined,
although it's hard to envision an implementation that would really
misbehave. However, analysis tools such as valgrind might whine about
this; accordingly, let's band-aid relmapper.c to not do it.
See also 5b630501e, d3f4e8a8a, ad7b48ea0, and other similar fixes.
Apparently, none of those folk tried valgrinding initdb? This has been
like this for long enough that I'm surprised it hasn't been reported
before.
Back-patch, just in case anybody wants to use a back branch on a platform
that complains about this; we back-patched those earlier fixes too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/161790.1608310142@sss.pgh.pa.us
Invent a new flag bit HASH_STRINGS to specify C-string hashing, which
was formerly the default; and add assertions insisting that exactly
one of the bits HASH_STRINGS, HASH_BLOBS, and HASH_FUNCTION be set.
This is in hopes of preventing recurrences of the type of oversight
fixed in commit a1b8aa1e4 (i.e., mistakenly omitting HASH_BLOBS).
Also, when HASH_STRINGS is specified, insist that the keysize be
more than 8 bytes. This is a heuristic, but it should catch
accidental use of HASH_STRINGS for integer or pointer keys.
(Nearly all existing use-cases set the keysize to NAMEDATALEN or
more, so there's little reason to think this restriction should
be problematic.)
Tweak hash_create() to insist that the HASH_ELEM flag be set, and
remove the defaults it had for keysize and entrysize. Since those
defaults were undocumented and basically useless, no callers
omitted HASH_ELEM anyway.
Also, remove memset's zeroing the HASHCTL parameter struct from
those callers that had one. This has never been really necessary,
and while it wasn't a bad coding convention it was confusing that
some callers did it and some did not. We might as well save a few
cycles by standardizing on "not".
Also improve the documentation for hash_create().
In passing, improve reinit.c's usage of a hash table by storing
the key as a binary Oid rather than a string; and, since that's
a temporary hash table, allocate it in CurrentMemoryContext for
neatness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/590625.1607878171@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit c7aba7c14 didn't add this, but after more fooling with the
feature I feel that it'd be useful. To make this possible, refactor
getSubscriptingRoutines() so that the caller is responsible for
throwing any error. (In clauses.c, I just chose to make the
most conservative assumption rather than throwing an error. We don't
expect failures there anyway really, so the code space for an error
message would be a poor investment.)
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means. Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers. (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)
To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler. On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines. (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch. Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines. This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)
Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.
One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER. For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.
This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.
Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
It was still using a scan of pg_depend instead of using the conindid
column that has been added since.
Since it is now just a catalog lookup wrapper and not related to
pg_depend, move from pg_depend.c to lsyscache.c.
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4688d55c-9a2e-9a5a-d166-5f24fe0bf8db%40enterprisedb.com
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues. Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it. Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
User-visible log messages should go through ereport(), so they are
subject to translation. Many remaining elog(LOG) calls are really
debugging calls.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/92d6f545-5102-65d8-3c87-489f71ea0a37%40enterprisedb.com
87ae969 has created two new files called cryptohash{_openssl}.c in
src/common/, whose names overlap with the existing backend file called
cryptohashes.c dedicated to the SQL wrappers for SHA2 and MD5. This
file is renamed to cryptohashfuncs.c to be more consistent with the
surroundings and reduce the confusion with the new cryptohash interface
of src/common/.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/X8hHhaQgbMbW+aGU@paquier.xyz
The use of low-level hash routines is not recommended by upstream
OpenSSL since 2000, and pgcrypto already switched to EVP as of 5ff4a67.
This takes advantage of the refactoring done in 87ae969 that has
introduced the allocation and free routines for cryptographic hashes.
Since 1.1.0, OpenSSL does not publish the contents of the cryptohash
contexts, forcing any consumers to rely on OpenSSL for all allocations.
Hence, the resource owner callback mechanism gains a new set of routines
to track and free cryptohash contexts when using OpenSSL, preventing any
risks of leaks in the backend. Nothing is needed in the frontend thanks
to the refactoring of 87ae969, and the resowner knowledge is isolated
into cryptohash_openssl.c.
Note that this also fixes a failure with SCRAM authentication when using
FIPS in OpenSSL, but as there have been few complaints about this
problem and as this causes an ABI breakage, no backpatch is done.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180911030250.GA27115@paquier.xyz
GSS information (if used) such as if the connection was authorized using
GSS or if it was encrypted using GSS, and perhaps most importantly, what
the GSS principal used for the authentication was, is extremely useful
but wasn't being included in the connection authorized log message.
Therefore, add to the connection authorized log message that
information, in a similar manner to how we log SSL information when SSL
is used for a connection.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALDaNm2N1385_Ltoo%3DS7VGT-ESu_bRQa-sC1wg6ikrM2L2Z49w%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 6b466bf5f2 allowed pg_stat_statements to track the number of
WAL records, full page images and bytes that each statement generated.
Similarly this commit allows us to track the cluster-wide WAL statistics
counters.
New columns wal_records, wal_fpi and wal_bytes are added into the
pg_stat_wal view, and reports the total number of WAL records,
full page images and bytes generated in the , respectively.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Movead Li, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/35ef960128b90bfae3b3fdf60a3a860f@oss.nttdata.com
This commit changes restore_command from PGC_POSTMASTER to PGC_SIGHUP.
As the side effect of this commit, restore_command can be reset to
empty during archive recovery. In this setting, archive recovery
tries to replay only WAL files available in pg_wal directory. This is
the same behavior as when the command that always fails is specified
in restore_command.
Note that restore_command still must be specified (not empty) when
starting archive recovery, even after applying this commit. This is
necessary as the safeguard to prevent users from forgetting to
specify restore_command and starting archive recovery.
Thanks to Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund,
Robert Haas and Anastasia Lubennikova for discussion.
Author: Sergei Kornilov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2317771549527294@sas2-985f744271ca.qloud-c.yandex.net
Two new routines to allocate a hash context and to free it are created,
as these become necessary for the goal behind this refactoring: switch
the all cryptohash implementations for OpenSSL to use EVP (for FIPS and
also because upstream does not recommend the use of low-level cryptohash
functions for 20 years). Note that OpenSSL hides the internals of
cryptohash contexts since 1.1.0, so it is necessary to leave the
allocation to OpenSSL itself, explaining the need for those two new
routines. This part is going to require more work to properly track
hash contexts with resource owners, but this not introduced here.
Still, this refactoring makes the move possible.
This reduces the number of routines for all SHA2 implementations from
twelve (SHA{224,256,386,512} with init, update and final calls) to five
(create, free, init, update and final calls) by incorporating the hash
type directly into the hash context data.
The new cryptohash routines are moved to a new file, called cryptohash.c
for the fallback implementations, with SHA2 specifics becoming a part
internal to src/common/. OpenSSL specifics are part of
cryptohash_openssl.c. This infrastructure is usable for more hash
types, like MD5 or HMAC.
Any code paths using the internal SHA2 routines are adapted to report
correctly errors, which are most of the changes of this commit. The
zones mostly impacted are checksum manifests, libpq and SCRAM.
Note that e21cbb4 was a first attempt to switch SHA2 to EVP, but it
lacked the refactoring needed for libpq, as done here.
This patch has been tested on Linux and Windows, with and without
OpenSSL, and down to 1.0.1, the oldest version supported on HEAD.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200924025314.GE7405@paquier.xyz
Up to now, we sent a ParameterStatus message to the client immediately
upon any change in the active value of any GUC_REPORT variable. This
was only barely okay when the feature was designed; now that we have
things like function SET clauses, there are very plausible use-cases
where a GUC_REPORT variable might change many times within a query
--- and even end up back at its original value, perhaps. Fortunately
most of our GUC_REPORT variables are unlikely to be changed often;
but there are proposals in play to enlarge that set, or even make it
user-configurable.
Hence, let's fix things to not generate more than one ParameterStatus
message per variable per query, and to not send any message at all
unless the end-of-query value is different from what we last reported.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5708.1601145259@sss.pgh.pa.us
currtid() and currtid2() are an undocumented set of functions whose sole
known user is the Postgres ODBC driver, able to retrieve the latest TID
version for a tuple given by the caller of those functions.
As used by Postgres ODBC, currtid() is a shortcut able to retrieve the
last TID loaded into a backend by passing an OID of 0 (magic value)
after a tuple insertion. This is removed in this commit, as it became
obsolete after the driver began using "RETURNING ctid" with inserts, a
clause supported since Postgres 8.2 (using RETURNING is better for
performance anyway as it reduces the number of round-trips to the
backend).
currtid2() is still used by the driver, so this remains around for now.
Note that this function is kept in its original shape for backward
compatibility reasons.
Per discussion with many people, including Andres Freund, Peter
Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera, Hiroshi Inoue, Tom Lane and myself.
Bump catalog version.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200603021448.GB89559@paquier.xyz
While ereport() and elog() themselves are quite cheap when the
error message level is too low to be printed, some places need to do
substantial work before they can call those macros at all. To allow
optimizing away such setup work when nothing is to be printed, make
elog.c export a new function message_level_is_interesting(elevel)
that reports whether ereport/elog will do anything. Make use of that
in various places that had ad-hoc direct tests of log_min_messages etc.
Also teach ProcSleep to use it to avoid some work. (There may well
be other places that could usefully use this; I didn't search hard.)
Within elog.c, refactor a little bit to avoid having duplicate copies
of the policy-setting logic. When that code was written, we weren't
relying on the availability of inline functions; so it had some
duplications in the name of efficiency, which I got rid of.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/129515.1606166429@sss.pgh.pa.us
Here we use a bit of preprocessor trickery to coax supporting compilers
into laying out their generated code so that the code that's in the same
branch as elog(ERROR)/ereport(ERROR) calls is moved away from the hot
path. Effectively, this reduces the size of the hot code meaning that it
can sit on fewer cache lines.
Performance improvements of between 10-15% have been seen on highly CPU
bound workloads using pgbench's TPC-b benchmark.
What's achieved here is very similar to putting the error condition inside
an unlikely() macro. For example;
if (unlikely(x < 0))
elog(ERROR, "invalid x value");
now there's no need to make use of unlikely() here as the common macro
used by elog and ereport will now see that elevel is >= ERROR and make use
of a pg_attribute_cold marked version of errstart().
When elevel < ERROR or if it cannot be determined to be constant, the
original behavior is maintained.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrVpasrEzLL2er7p9iwZFZ%3DJj6WisePcFeunwfrV0js_A%40mail.gmail.com
A few sanity checks in funcapi.c were not mentioning all the possible
clauses for failure, confusing developers who fat-fingered catalog data
additions. Make the errors more detailed to avoid wasting time in
pinpointing mistakes.
Per complaint from Craig Ringer.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YH7Kd87A3cU5m_wKo46HPQ46zFv5wesFNL0YWxkGhGv3g@mail.gmail.com
Since we're assuming IEEE floats these days, there seems little
reason not to do this. It has the advantage that when the slope is
computed as infinite due to the presence of Inf coordinates, we get
saner behavior than before from line_construct(), and thence also
in some dependent operations such as finding the closest point.
Also fix line_construct() to special-case slope zero. The previous
coding got the right answer in most cases, but it could compute
C as NaN when the point has Inf coordinates.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
"FPeq(infinity, infinity)" returned false, on account of getting NaN
when it subtracts the two inputs. Fix that by adding a separate
check for exact equality.
FPle() and FPge() similarly got the wrong answer for two like-signed
infinities. In those cases, we can just rearrange the comparisons
to avoid potentially subtracting infinities.
While the sibling functions FPne() etc accidentally gave the right
answers even with the internal NaN results, it seems best to make
similar adjustments to them to avoid depending on this.
FPeq() has to be converted to an inline function to avoid double
evaluations of its arguments, and I did the same for the others
just for consistency.
In passing, make the handling of NaN cases in line_eq() and
point_eq_point() simpler and easier to reason about, and perhaps
faster.
This results in just one visible regression test change: slope()
now gives DBL_MAX for two inputs of (inf,1e300), which is consistent
with what it does for (1e300,inf), so that seems like a bug fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGf+fX70rWFOk5cd00uMfa__0yP+vtQg5ck7c2Onb-Yczp0URA@mail.gmail.com
Add hash functions for the record type as well as a hash operator
family and operator class for the record type. This enables all the
hash functionality for the record type such as hash-based plans for
UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT DISTINCT, recursive queries using UNION
DISTINCT, hash joins, and hash partitioning.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/38eccd35-4e2d-6767-1b3c-dada1eac3124%402ndquadrant.com
Buildfarm members that lack both HAVE_LOCALE_T and USE_ICU have been
complaining about pg_newlocale_from_collation's collcollate variable.
This is evidently fallout from commit 7d1297df0, which removed the
only usage outside those two #ifdef'd code paths. Mark the variable
pg_attribute_unused(), like its sibling collctype, which has been that
way for a long time.
This provides a handy way to get, say, the last field of the string.
Use of a negative index in this way has precedent in the nearby
left() and right() functions.
The implementation scans the string twice when N < -1, but it seems
likely that N = -1 will be the huge majority of actual use cases,
so I'm not really excited about adding complexity to avoid that.
Nikhil Benesch, reviewed by Jacob Champion; cosmetic tweakage by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cbb7f861-6162-3a51-9823-97bc3aa0b638@gmail.com
Introduce TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() to simplify callers
that would rather have the difference in milliseconds, instead of
the select()-oriented seconds-and-microseconds format. This gets
rid of at least one integer division per call, and it eliminates
some apparently-easy-to-mess-up arithmetic.
Two of these call sites were in fact wrong:
* pg_prewarm's autoprewarm_main() forgot to multiply the seconds
by 1000, thus ending up with a delay 1000X shorter than intended.
That doesn't quite make it a busy-wait, but close.
* postgres_fdw's pgfdw_get_cleanup_result() thought it needed to compute
microseconds not milliseconds, thus ending up with a delay 1000X longer
than intended. Somebody along the way had noticed this problem but
misdiagnosed the cause, and imposed an ad-hoc 60-second limit rather
than fixing the units. This was relatively harmless in context, because
we don't care that much about exactly how long this delay is; still,
it's wrong.
There are a few more callers of TimestampDifference() that don't
have a direct need for seconds-and-microseconds, but can't use
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds() either because they do need
microsecond precision or because they might possibly deal with
intervals long enough to overflow 32-bit milliseconds. It might be
worth inventing another API to improve that, but that seems outside
the scope of this patch; so those callers are untouched here.
Given the fact that we are fixing some bugs, and the likelihood
that future patches might want to back-patch code that uses this
new API, back-patch to all supported branches.
Alexey Kondratov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b1c053a21c07c1ed5e00be3b2b855ef@postgrespro.ru
Commit 257836a7 included an assertion that a version lookup routine is
not trying to look up "C" or "POSIX", but that case is reachable with
the user-facing SQL function pg_collation_actual_version(). Remove the
assertion.
Move the system catalog index declarations from catalog/indexing.h to
the respective parent tables' catalog/pg_*.h files. The original
reason for having it split was that the old genbki system produced the
output in the order of the catalog files it read, so all the indexing
stuff needed to come separately. But this is no longer the case, and
keeping it together makes more sense.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c7cc82d6-f976-75d6-2e3e-b03d2cab26bb@2ndquadrant.com
This should have been done in the initial commit that made
unix_socket_directories a list as of c9b0cbe. This change allows to
support correctly the case of ALTER SYSTEM, where it is possible to
specify multiple paths as a list, like the following pattern where
flattening is applied to each item:
ALTER SYSTEM SET unix_socket_directories = '/path1', '/path2';
Any parameters specified in postgresql.conf are parsed the same way, so
there is no compatibility change. pg_dump has a hardcoded list of
parameters marked with GUC_LIST_QUOTE, that gets its routine update.
These are reordered alphabetically for clarity.
Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraunt, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=iMOtNY6_sUwV=LQVCJ2zgYHBDyNzVfvE5GN3WQ3v9kQg@mail.gmail.com
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)". We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec. In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.
To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration. (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.) Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax. It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way. (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.) Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.
This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.) FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.
Possible future work:
* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.
* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX. It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
Gen_fmgrtab.pl treated aggregate functions the same as other built-in
functions, which is wasteful because there is no real need to have
entries for them in the fmgr_builtins[] table. Suppressing those
entries saves about 3KB in the compiled table on my machine; which
is not a lot but it's not nothing either, considering that that
table is pretty "hot". The only outside code change needed is
that ExecInitWindowAgg() can't be allowed to call fmgr_info_cxt()
on a plain aggregate function. But that saves a few cycles anyway.
Having done that, the aggregate_dummy() function is unreferenced
and might as well be dropped. Using "aggregate_dummy" as the prosrc
value for an aggregate is now just a documentation convention not
something that matters. There was some discussion of using NULL
instead to save a few bytes in pg_proc, but we'd have to remove
prosrc's BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL marking which doesn't seem a great idea.
Anyway, it's possible there's client-side code that expects to
see "aggregate_dummy" there, so I'm loath to change it without a
strong reason.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/533989.1604263665@sss.pgh.pa.us
hash_array_extended() needs to pass PG_GET_COLLATION() to the hash
function of the element type. Otherwise, the hash function of a
collation-aware data type such as text will error out, since the
introduction of nondeterministic collation made hash functions require
a collation, too.
The consequence of this is that before this change, hash partitioning
using an array over text in the partition key would not work.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/32c1fdae-95c6-5dc6-058a-a90330a3b621%40enterprisedb.com
Accept that we can't get versions for such locale names for now. Users
will need to specify the newer language tag format to enable the
collation versioning feature. It's not clear that we can do automatic
conversion from the old style to the new style reliably enough for this
purpose.
Unfortunately, this means that collation versioning probably won't work
for the default collation unless you provide something like en-US at
initdb or CREATE DATABASE time (though, for reasons not yet understood,
it does seem to work on some systems). It'd be nice to find a better
solution, or document this quirk if we settle on it, but this should
unbreak the 3 failing build farm animals in the meantime.
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
make_ruledef() and make_viewdef() were coded to cope with possible
null-ness of these columns, but they've been marked BKI_FORCE_NOT_NULL
for some time. So there's not really any need to do more than what
we do for the other columns of pg_rewrite, i.e. just Assert that
we got non-null results.
(There is a school of thought that says Asserts aren't the thing
to do to check for corrupt data, but surely here is not the place
to start if we want such a policy.)
Also, remove long-dead-if-indeed-it-ever-wasn't-dead handling of
an empty actions list in make_ruledef(). That's an error case
and should be treated as such. (DO INSTEAD NOTHING is represented
by a CMD_NOTHING Query, not an empty list; cf transformRuleStmt.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi, some changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApoA=tMTic6xEPYP_hsNZ8XtToVThK_0x7D_aFQYowq3w@mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, the names of fmgroids.h macros for pg_proc OIDs
have been constructed from the prosrc field. But sometimes the
same C function underlies multiple pg_proc entries, forcing us
to make an arbitrary choice of which OID to reference; the other
entries are then not namable via fmgroids.h. Moreover, we could
not have macros at all for pg_proc entries that aren't for
C-coded functions.
Instead, use the proname field, and append the proargtypes field
(replacing inter-argument spaces with underscores) if proname is
not unique. Special-casing unique entries such as F_OIDEQ removes
the need to change a lot of code. Indeed, I can only find two
places in the tree that need to be adjusted; while this changes
quite a few existing entries in fmgroids.h, few of them are
referenced from C code.
With this patch, all entries in pg_proc.dat have macros in fmgroids.h.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/472274.1604258384@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some places were using PG_GETARG_UINT32 where PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID
would be more appropriate. (Of course, they are the same internally,
so there is no externally visible effect.) To do that, export
PG_GETARG_TRANSACTIONID outside of xid.c. We also export
PG_RETURN_TRANSACTIONID for symmetry, even though there are currently
no external users.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d8f6bdd536df403b9b33816e9f7e0b9d@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index. When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.
Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed. Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
On the same reasoning as in commit 36b931214, forbid using custom
oid_symbol macros in pg_type as well as pg_proc, so that we always
rely on the predictable macro names generated by genbki.pl.
We do continue to grant grandfather status to the names CASHOID and
LSNOID, although those are now considered deprecated aliases for the
preferred names MONEYOID and PG_LSNOID. This is because there's
likely to be client-side code using the old names, and this bout of
neatnik-ism doesn't quite seem worth breaking client code.
There might be a case for grandfathering EVTTRIGGEROID, too, since
externally-maintained PLs may reference that symbol. But renaming
such references to EVENT_TRIGGEROID doesn't seem like a particularly
heavy lift --- we make far more significant backend API changes in
every major release. For now I didn't add that, but we could
reconsider if there's pushback.
The other names changed here seem pretty unlikely to have any outside
uses. Again, we could add alias macros if there are complaints, but
for now I didn't.
As before, no need for a catversion bump.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
This adds the statistics about transactions streamed to the decoding
output plugin from ReorderBuffer. Users can query the
pg_stat_replication_slots view to check these stats and call
pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of a particular slot.
Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset stats of
all the slots.
Commit 9868167500 has added the basic infrastructure to capture the stats
of slot and this commit extends the statistics collector to track
additional information about slots.
Bump the catversion as we have added new columns in the catalog entry.
Author: Ajin Cherian and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+chpEomLzgSoky-D31qev19AmECNiEAietPQUGEFhtVA@mail.gmail.com
We have a perfectly good convention for OID macros for built-in functions
already, so making custom symbols is just introducing unnecessary
deviation from the convention. Remove the one case that had snuck in,
and add an error check in genbki.pl to discourage future instances.
Although this touches pg_proc.dat, there's no need for a catversion
bump since the actual catalog data isn't changed.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsHpCbjfoddNGpnnnY5pHwckWfiYkMYSF74PmP1su0+ZOw@mail.gmail.com
This makes use of CheckBuffer() introduced in c780a7a, adding a SQL
wrapper able to do checks for all the pages of a relation. By default,
all the fork types of a relation are checked, and it is possible to
check only a given relation fork. Note that if the relation given in
input has no physical storage or is temporary, then no errors are
generated, allowing full-database checks when coupled with a simple scan
of pg_class for example. This is not limited to clusters with data
checksums enabled, as clusters without data checksums can still apply
checks on pages using the page headers or for the case of a page full of
zeros.
This function returns a set of tuples consisting of:
- The physical file where a broken page has been detected (without the
segment number as that can be AM-dependent, which can be guessed from
the block number for heap). A relative path from PGPATH is used.
- The block number of the broken page.
By default, only superusers have an access to this function but
execution rights can be granted to other users.
The feature introduced here is still minimal, and more improvements
could be done, like:
- Addition of a start and end block number to run checks on a range
of blocks, which would apply only if one fork type is checked.
- Addition of some progress reporting.
- Throttling, with configuration parameters in function input or
potentially some cost-based GUCs.
Regression tests are added for positive cases in the main regression
test suite, and TAP tests are added for cases involving the emulation of
page corruptions.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aVvMjQn=ge5qPiJOPMmOj5=ii3st5Q0Y+WuLML5sR17w@mail.gmail.com
Change the attribute 'name' to 'slot_name' in pg_stat_replication_slots
view to make it clear and that way we will be consistent with the other
places like pg_stat_wal_receiver view where we display the same attribute.
In the passing, fix the typo in one of the macros in the related code.
Bump the catversion as we have modified the name in the catalog as well.
Reported-by: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
A number of places were using appendStringInfo() when they could have been
using appendStringInfoString() instead. While there's no functionality
change there, it's just more efficient to use appendStringInfoString()
when no formatting is required. Likewise for some
appendStringInfoString() calls which were just appending a single char.
We can just use appendStringInfoChar() for that.
Additionally, many places were using appendPQExpBuffer() when they could
have used appendPQExpBufferStr(). Change those too.
Patch by Zhijie Hou, but further searching by me found significantly more
places that deserved the same treatment.
Author: Zhijie Hou, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cb172cf4361e4c7ba7167429070979d4@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
The prohibitValueChange code paths in set_config_option(), which
are executed whenever we re-read a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
postgresql.conf, neglected to free anything before exiting. Thus
we'd leak the proposed new value of a PGC_STRING variable, as noted
by BoChen in bug #16666. For all variable types, if the check hook
creates an "extra" chunk, we'd also leak that.
These are malloc not palloc chunks, so there is no mechanism for
recovering the leaks before process exit. Fortunately, the values
are typically not very large, meaning you'd have to go through an
awful lot of SIGHUP configuration-reload cycles to make the leakage
amount to anything. Still, for a long-lived postmaster process it
could potentially be a problem.
Oversight in commit 2594cf0e8. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16666-2c41a4eec61b03e1@postgresql.org
Up to now, only ECONNRESET (and EPIPE, in most but not quite all places)
received special treatment in our error handling logic. This patch
changes things so that related error codes such as ECONNABORTED are
also recognized as indicating that the connection's dead and unlikely
to come back.
We continue to think, however, that only ECONNRESET and EPIPE should be
reported as probable server crashes; the other cases indicate network
connectivity problems but prove little about the server's state. Thus,
there's no change in the error message texts that are output for such
cases. The key practical effect is that errcode_for_socket_access()
will report ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE rather than
ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR for a network failure. It's expected that this
will fix buildfarm member lorikeet's failures since commit 32a9c0bdf,
as that seems to be due to not treating ECONNABORTED equivalently to
ECONNRESET.
The set of errnos treated this way now includes ECONNABORTED, EHOSTDOWN,
EHOSTUNREACH, ENETDOWN, ENETRESET, and ENETUNREACH. Several of these
were second-class citizens in terms of their handling in places like
get_errno_symbol(), so upgrade the infrastructure where necessary.
As committed, this patch assumes that all these symbols are defined
everywhere. POSIX specifies all of them except EHOSTDOWN, but that
seems to exist on all platforms of interest; we'll see what the
buildfarm says about that.
Probably this should be back-patched, but let's see what the buildfarm
thinks of it first.
Fujii Masao and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2621622.1602184554@sss.pgh.pa.us
Multiply before dividing, not the reverse, so that cases that should
produce exact results do produce exact results. (width_bucket_float8
got this right already.) Even when the result is inexact, this avoids
making it more inexact, since only the division step introduces any
imprecision.
While at it, fix compute_bucket() to not uselessly repeat the sign
check already done by its caller, and avoid duplicating the
multiply/divide steps by adjusting variable usage.
Per complaint from Martin Visser. Although this seems like a bug fix,
I'm hesitant to risk changing width_bucket()'s results in stable
branches, so no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6FA5117D-6AED-4656-8FEF-B74AC18FAD85@brytlyt.com
While the calculation is not well-defined if the bounds arguments are
infinite, there is a perfectly sane outcome if the test operand is
infinite: it's just like any other value that's before the first bucket
or after the last one. width_bucket_float8() got this right, but
I was too hasty about the case when adding infinities to numerics
(commit a57d312a7), so that width_bucket_numeric() just rejected it.
Fix that, and sync the relevant error message strings.
No back-patch needed, since infinities-in-numeric haven't shipped yet.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2465409.1602170063@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adds the statistics about transactions spilled to disk from
ReorderBuffer. Users can query the pg_stat_replication_slots view to check
these stats and call pg_stat_reset_replication_slot to reset the stats of
a particular slot. Users can pass NULL in pg_stat_reset_replication_slot
to reset stats of all the slots.
This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
about slots.
Author: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k5_pPAYRTDrO2PbtTOe0eHQpBvuqmCr8ic39uTNmR49Eg@mail.gmail.com
The date-vs-timestamp, date-vs-timestamptz, and timestamp-vs-timestamptz
comparators all worked by promoting the first type to the second and
then doing a simple same-type comparison. This works fine, except
when the conversion result is out of range, in which case we throw an
entirely avoidable error. The sources of such failures are
(a) type date can represent dates much farther in the future than
the timestamp types can;
(b) timezone rotation might cause a just-in-range timestamp value to
become a just-out-of-range timestamptz value.
Up to now we just ignored these corner-case issues, but now we have
an actual user complaint (bug #16657 from Huss EL-Sheikh), so let's
do something about it.
It turns out that commit 52ad1e659 already built all the necessary
infrastructure to support error-free comparisons, but neglected to
actually use it in the main-line code paths. Fix that, do a little
bit of code style review, and remove the now-duplicate logic in
jsonpath_exec.c.
Back-patch to v13 where 52ad1e659 came in. We could take this back
further by back-patching said infrastructure, but given the small
number of complaints so far, I don't feel a great need to.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16657-cde2f876d8cc7971@postgresql.org
This should help to identify what happened when studying the postmaster
log after-the-fact.
While here, clean up some old comments in the same function.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1568983.1601845687@sss.pgh.pa.us
Unlike for functions, OUT parameters for procedures are part of the
signature. Therefore, they have to be listed in pg_proc.proargtypes
as well as mentioned in ALTER PROCEDURE and DROP PROCEDURE.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2b8490fe-51af-e671-c504-47359dc453c5@2ndquadrant.com
The BKI file's string quoting conventions were previously quite weird,
perhaps as a result of repurposing a function built to scan
single-quoted strings to scan double-quoted ones. Change to use the
same rules as we use in GUC files, allowing some simplifications in
genbki.pl and initdb.c.
While at it, completely remove the backend's scanstr() function, which
was essentially a duplicate of the string dequoting code in guc-file.l.
Instead export that one (under a less generic name than it had) and let
bootscanner.l use it. Now we can clarify that scansup.c exists only to
support the main lexer. We could alternatively have removed GUC_scanstr,
but this way seems better since the previous arrangement could mislead
a reader into thinking that scanstr() had something to do with the main
lexer's handling of string literals. Maybe it did once, but if so it
was a long time ago.
This patch does not bump catversion, since the initially-installed
catalog contents don't change. Note however that successful initdb
after applying this patch will require up-to-date postgres.bki as well
as postgres and initdb executables.
In passing, remove a bunch of very-long-obsolete #include's in
bootparse.y and bootscanner.l.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtDpd18T0KATTmCggO2GdVC4ow86ypiq5ENff1VnauL8g@mail.gmail.com
This view shows the statistics about WAL activity. Currently it has only
two columns: wal_buffers_full and stats_reset. wal_buffers_full column
indicates the number of times WAL data was written to the disk because
WAL buffers got full. This information is useful when tuning wal_buffers.
stats_reset column indicates the time at which these statistics were
last reset.
pg_stat_wal view is also the basic infrastructure to expose other
various statistics about WAL activity later.
Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID due to the change in pgstat format.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/188bd3f2d2233cf97753b5ced02bb050@oss.nttdata.com
Previously, a conversion such as
to_date('-44-02-01','YYYY-MM-DD')
would result in '0045-02-01 BC', as the code attempted to interpret
the negative year as BC, but failed to apply the correction needed
for our internal handling of BC years. Fix the off-by-one problem.
Also, arrange for the combination of a negative year and an
explicit "BC" marker to cancel out and produce AD. This is how
the negative-century case works, so it seems sane to do likewise.
Continue to read "year 0000" as 1 BC. Oracle would throw an error,
but we've accepted that case for a long time so I'm hesitant to
change it in a back-patch.
Per bug #16419 from Saeed Hubaishan. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Dar Alathar-Yemen and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16419-d8d9db0a7553f01b@postgresql.org
Previously we threw an error. But make_date already allowed the case,
so it is inconsistent as well as unhelpful for make_timestamp not to.
Both functions continue to reject year zero.
Code and test fixes by Peter Eisentraut, doc changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13c0992c-f15a-a0ca-d839-91d3efd965d9@2ndquadrant.com
The SQL standard doesn't require jsonpath .datetime() method to support the
ISO 8601 format. But our to_json[b]() functions convert timestamps to text in
the ISO 8601 format in the sake of compatibility with javascript. So, we add
support of the ISO 8601 to the jsonpath .datetime() in the sake compatibility
with to_json[b]().
The standard mode of datetime parsing currently supports just template patterns
and separators in the format string. In order to implement ISO 8601, we have to
add support of the format string double quotes to the standard parsing mode.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94321be0-cc96-1a81-b6df-796f437f7c66%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Backpatch-through: 13
bffe1bd684 has introduced jsonpath .datetime() method, but default formats
for time and timestamp contain excess space between time and timezone. This
commit removes this excess space making behavior of .datetime() method
standard-compliant.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94321be0-cc96-1a81-b6df-796f437f7c66%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Backpatch-through: 13
We have a dozen or so places that need to iterate over all but the
first cell of a List. Prior to v13 this was typically written as
for_each_cell(lc, lnext(list_head(list)))
Commit 1cff1b95a changed these to
for_each_cell(lc, list, list_second_cell(list))
This patch introduces a new macro for_each_from() which expresses
the start point as a list index, allowing these to be written as
for_each_from(lc, list, 1)
This is marginally more efficient, since ForEachState.i can be
initialized directly instead of backing into it from a ListCell
address. It also seems clearer and less typo-prone.
Some of the remaining uses of for_each_cell() look like they could
profitably be changed to for_each_from(), but here I confined myself
to changing uses of list_second_cell().
Also, fix for_each_cell_setup() and for_both_cell_setup() to
const-ify their arguments; that's a simple oversight in 1cff1b95a.
Back-patch into v13, on the grounds that (1) the const-ification
is a minor bug fix, and (2) it's better for back-patching purposes
if we only have two ways to write these loops rather than three.
In HEAD, also remove list_third_cell() and list_fourth_cell(),
which were also introduced in 1cff1b95a, and are unused as of
cc99baa43. It seems unlikely that any third-party code would
have started to use them already; anyone who has can be directed
to list_nth_cell instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
SQL operations such as CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, LOCALTIME, and
conversion of "now" in a datetime input string have to obtain the
transaction start timestamp ("now()") as a broken-down struct pg_tm.
This is a remarkably expensive conversion, and since now() does not
change intra-transaction, it doesn't really need to be done more than
once per transaction. Introducing a simple cache provides visible
speedups in queries that compute these values many times, for example
insertion of many rows that use a default value of CURRENT_DATE.
Peter Smith, with a bit of kibitzing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pu89TWjq530V2gY5O6SWi=OEJMQ_VHMt8bdZB_9JFna5A@mail.gmail.com
When commit bd3daddaf introduced AlternativeSubPlans, I had some
ambitions towards allowing the choice of subplan to change during
execution. That has not happened, or even been thought about, in the
ensuing twelve years; so it seems like a failed experiment. So let's
rip that out and resolve the choice of subplan at the end of planning
(in setrefs.c) rather than during executor startup. This has a number
of positive benefits:
* Removal of a few hundred lines of executor code, since
AlternativeSubPlans need no longer be supported there.
* Removal of executor-startup overhead (particularly, initialization
of subplans that won't be used).
* Removal of incidental costs of having a larger plan tree, such as
tree-scanning and copying costs in the plancache; not to mention
setrefs.c's own costs of processing the discarded subplans.
* EXPLAIN no longer has to print a weird (and undocumented)
representation of an AlternativeSubPlan choice; it sees only the
subplan actually used. This should mean less confusion for users.
* Since setrefs.c knows which subexpression of a plan node it's
working on at any instant, it's possible to adjust the estimated
number of executions of the subplan based on that. For example,
we should usually estimate more executions of a qual expression
than a targetlist expression. The implementation used here is
pretty simplistic, because we don't want to expend a lot of cycles
on the issue; but it's better than ignoring the point entirely,
as the executor had to.
That last point might possibly result in shifting the choice
between hashed and non-hashed EXISTS subplans in a few cases,
but in general this patch isn't meant to change planner choices.
Since we're doing the resolution so late, it's really impossible
to change any plan choices outside the AlternativeSubPlan itself.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1992952.1592785225@sss.pgh.pa.us
The previous coding was confused about whether head_timestamp was
intended to represent the timestamp for the newest bucket in the
mapping or the oldest timestamp for the oldest bucket in the mapping.
Decide that it's intended to be the oldest one, and repair
accordingly.
To do that, we need to do two things. First, when advancing to a
new bucket, don't categorically set head_timestamp to the new
timestamp. Do this only if we're blowing out the map completely
because a lot of time has passed since we last maintained it. If
we're replacing entries one by one, advance head_timestamp by
1 minute for each; if we're filling in unused entries, don't
advance head_timestamp at all.
Second, fix the computation of how many buckets we need to advance.
The previous formula would be correct if head_timestamp were the
timestamp for the new bucket, but we're now making all the code
agree that it's the timestamp for the oldest bucket, so adjust the
formula accordingly.
This is certainly a bug fix, but I don't feel good about
back-patching it without the introspection tools added by commit
aecf5ee2bb, and perhaps also some
actual tests. Since back-patching the introspection tools might
not attract sufficient support and since there are no automated
tests of these fixes yet, I'm just committing this to master for
now.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
This makes it possible for code outside snapmgr.c to examine the
contents of this data structure. This commit does not add any code
which actually does so; a subsequent commit will make that change.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Hamid Akhtar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY=aqf0zjTD+3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo+6ze=Wtpik+3XqA@mail.gmail.com
This completes the project of making all our derived files be
pgindent-clean (or else explicitly excluded from indentation),
so that no surprises result when running pgindent in a built-out
development tree.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/79ed5348-be7a-b647-dd40-742207186a22@2ndquadrant.com
Commit be0a6666 left behind a comment about the order of some tests that
didn't make sense without the expensive division, and in fact we might
as well change the order to one that fails more cheaply most of the time
as a micro-optimization. Also, remove the "+ 1" applied to max_bucket,
to drop an instruction and match the original behavior. Per review
from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR0701MB696044FC35013A96FECC7AC8F62D0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
Since ancient times we have had support for a fill factor (maximum load
factor) to be set for a dynahash hash table, but:
1. It was an integer, whereas for in-memory hash tables interesting
load factor targets are probably somewhere near the 0.75-1.0 range.
2. It was implemented in a way that performed an expensive division
operation that regularly showed up in profiles.
3. We are not aware of anyone ever having used a non-default value.
Therefore, remove support, effectively fixing it at 1.
Author: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR0701MB696044FC35013A96FECC7AC8F62D0%40VI1PR0701MB6960.eurprd07.prod.outlook.com
Up to now, if you tried to omit "AS" before a column label in a SELECT
list, it would only work if the column label was an IDENT, that is not
any known keyword. This is rather unfriendly considering that we have
so many keywords and are constantly growing more. In the wake of commit
1ed6b8956 it's possible to improve matters quite a bit.
We'd originally tried to make this work by having some of the existing
keyword categories be allowed without AS, but that didn't work too well,
because each category contains a few special cases that don't work
without AS. Instead, invent an entirely orthogonal keyword property
"can be bare column label", and mark all keywords that way for which
we don't get shift/reduce errors by doing so.
It turns out that of our 450 current keywords, all but 39 can be made
bare column labels, improving the situation by over 90%. This number
might move around a little depending on future grammar work, but it's
a pretty nice improvement.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
This feature has been a thorn in our sides for a long time, causing
many grammatical ambiguity problems. It doesn't seem worth the
pain to continue to support it, so remove it.
There are some follow-on improvements we can make in the grammar,
but this commit only removes the bare minimum number of productions,
plus assorted backend support code.
Note that pg_dump and psql continue to have full support, since
they may be used against older servers. However, pg_dump warns
about postfix operators. There is also a check in pg_upgrade.
Documentation-wise, I (tgl) largely removed the "left unary"
terminology in favor of saying "prefix operator", which is
a more standard and IMO less confusing term.
I included a catversion bump, although no initial catalog data
changes here, to mark the boundary at which oprkind = 'r'
stopped being valid in pg_operator.
Mark Dilger, based on work by myself and Robert Haas;
review by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/38ca86db-42ab-9b48-2902-337a0d6b8311@2ndquadrant.com
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard. Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial. The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
This adds a new optional support function to the GiST access method:
sortsupport. If it is defined, the GiST index is built by sorting all data
to the order defined by the sortsupport's comparator function, and packing
the tuples in that order to GiST pages. This is similar to how B-tree
index build works, and is much faster than inserting the tuples one by
one. The resulting index is smaller too, because the pages are packed more
tightly, upto 'fillfactor'. The normal build method works by splitting
pages, which tends to lead to more wasted space.
The quality of the resulting index depends on how good the opclass-defined
sort order is. A good order preserves locality of the input data.
As the first user of this facility, add 'sortsupport' function to the
point_ops opclass. It sorts the points in Z-order (aka Morton Code), by
interleaving the bits of the X and Y coordinates.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1A36620E-CAD8-4267-9067-FB31385E7C0D%40yandex-team.ru
We decided that the policy established in commit 7634bd4f6 for
the bgwriter, checkpointer, walwriter, and walreceiver processes,
namely that they should accept SIGQUIT at all times, really ought
to apply uniformly to all postmaster children. Therefore, get
rid of the duplicative and inconsistent per-process code for
establishing that signal handler and removing SIGQUIT from BlockSig.
Instead, make InitPostmasterChild do it.
The handler set up by InitPostmasterChild is SignalHandlerForCrashExit,
which just summarily does _exit(2). In interactive backends, we
almost immediately replace that with quickdie, since we would prefer
to try to tell the client that we're dying. However, this patch is
changing the behavior of autovacuum (both launcher and workers), as
well as walsenders. Those processes formerly also used quickdie,
but AFAICS that was just mindless copy-and-paste: they don't have
any interactive client that's likely to benefit from being told this.
The stats collector continues to be an outlier, in that it thinks
SIGQUIT means normal exit. That should probably be changed for
consistency, but there's another patch set where that's being
dealt with, so I didn't do so here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/644875.1599933441@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, it was based on nBlocksAllocated to account for tapes with
open write buffers that may not have made it to the BufFile yet.
That was unnecessary, because callers do not need to get the number of
blocks while a tape has an open write buffer; and it also conflicted
with the preallocation logic added for HashAgg.
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ce5af05900fdbd0e9185747825a7423c48501964.camel@j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 13
Introduced in 0aa8f7640.
MSVC warned about performing 32-bit bit shifting when it appeared like we
might like a 64-bit result. We did, but it just so happened that none of
the calls to this function could have caused the 32-bit shift to overflow.
Here we just cast the constant to int64 to make the compiler happy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvofA_vsrpC13mq_hZyuye5B-ssKEaer04OouXYCO5-uXQ@mail.gmail.com
Move applicable code out of RelationBuildDesc(), which nailed relations
bypass. Non-assert builds experienced no known problems. Back-patch to
v13, where commit c6b92041d3 introduced
rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.
Kyotaro Horiguchi. Reported by Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200907023737.GA7158@telsasoft.com
This essentially reverts a micro-optimization I made years ago,
as part of the much larger commit d72f6c750. It's doubtful
that there was any hard evidence for it being helpful even then,
and the case is even more dubious now that modern compilers
are so much smarter about inlining memset().
The proximate reason for undoing it is to get rid of the type punning
inherent in MemSet, for fear that that may cause problems now that
we're applying additional optimization switches to numeric.c.
At the very least this'll silence some warnings from a few old
buildfarm animals.
(It's probably past time for another look at whether MemSet is still
worth anything at all, but I do not propose to tackle that question
right now.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9evtA_vBo+WMYMyT-u=keHX7-r8p2w7OSRfXf42LTwCZQ@mail.gmail.com
Experimentation shows that clang will auto-vectorize the critical
multiplication loop if the termination condition is written "i2 < limit"
rather than "i2 <= limit". This seems unbelievably stupid, but I've
reproduced it on both clang 9.0.1 (RHEL8) and 11.0.3 (macOS Catalina).
gcc doesn't care, so tweak the code to do it that way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9evtA_vBo+WMYMyT-u=keHX7-r8p2w7OSRfXf42LTwCZQ@mail.gmail.com
Compile numeric.c with -ftree-vectorize where available, and adjust
the innermost loop of mul_var() so that it is amenable to being
auto-vectorized. (Mainly, that involves making it process the arrays
left-to-right not right-to-left.)
Applying -ftree-vectorize actually makes numeric.o smaller, at least
with my compiler (gcc 8.3.1 on x86_64), and it's a little faster too.
Independently of that, fixing the inner loop to be vectorizable also
makes things a bit faster. But doing both is a huge win for
multiplications with lots of digits. For me, the numeric regression
test is the same speed to within measurement noise, but numeric_big
is a full 45% faster.
We also looked into applying -funroll-loops, but that makes numeric.o
bloat quite a bit, and the additional speed improvement is very
marginal.
Amit Khandekar, reviewed and edited a little by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9evtA_vBo+WMYMyT-u=keHX7-r8p2w7OSRfXf42LTwCZQ@mail.gmail.com
This splits a string at occurrences of a delimiter. It is exactly like
string_to_array() except for producing a set of values instead of an
array of values. Thus, the relationship of these two functions is
the same as between regexp_split_to_table() and regexp_split_to_array().
Although the same results could be had from unnest(string_to_array()),
this is somewhat faster than that, and anyway it seems reasonable to
have it for symmetry with the regexp functions.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD8HOpjq2TqeTBhSo_QkzjLOhXzGCpKJ4nCs7Y9SQkuPw@mail.gmail.com
Historically, we've considered the state with relpages and reltuples
both zero as indicating that we do not know the table's tuple density.
This is problematic because it's impossible to distinguish "never yet
vacuumed" from "vacuumed and seen to be empty". In particular, a user
cannot use VACUUM or ANALYZE to override the planner's normal heuristic
that an empty table should not be believed to be empty because it is
probably about to get populated. That heuristic is a good safety
measure, so I don't care to abandon it, but there should be a way to
override it if the table is indeed intended to stay empty.
Hence, represent the initial state of ignorance by setting reltuples
to -1 (relpages is still set to zero), and apply the minimum-ten-pages
heuristic only when reltuples is still -1. If the table is empty,
VACUUM or ANALYZE (but not CREATE INDEX) will override that to
reltuples = relpages = 0, and then we'll plan on that basis.
This requires a bunch of fiddly little changes, but we can get rid of
some ugly kluges that were formerly needed to maintain the old definition.
One notable point is that FDWs' GetForeignRelSize methods will see
baserel->tuples = -1 when no ANALYZE has been done on the foreign table.
That seems like a net improvement, since those methods were formerly
also in the dark about what baserel->tuples = 0 really meant. Still,
it is an API change.
I bumped catversion because code predating this change would get confused
by seeing reltuples = -1.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F02298E0-6EF4-49A1-BCB6-C484794D9ACC@thebuild.com
Allow BufFile to support temporary files that can be used by the single
backend when the corresponding files need to be survived across the
transaction and need to be opened and closed multiple times. Such files
need to be created as a member of a SharedFileSet.
Additionally, this commit implements the interface for BufFileTruncate to
allow files to be truncated up to a particular offset and extends the
BufFileSeek API to support the SEEK_END case. This also adds an option to
provide a mode while opening the shared BufFiles instead of always opening
in read-only mode.
These enhancements in BufFile interface are required for the upcoming
patch to allow the replication apply worker, to handle streamed
in-progress transactions.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Previously the codes for pg_backend_memory_contexts were in
src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c. This commit moves them to
src/backend/utils/adt/mcxtfuncs.c so that mcxt.c basically includes
only the low-level interface for memory contexts.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200819135545.GC19121@paquier.xyz
This view displays the usages of all the memory contexts of the server
process attached to the current session. This information is useful to
investigate the cause of backend-local memory bloat.
This information can be also collected by calling
MemoryContextStats(TopMemoryContext) via a debugger. But this technique
cannot be uesd in some environments because no debugger is available there.
And it outputs lots of text messages and it's not easy to analyze them.
So, pg_backend_memory_contexts view allows us to access to backend-local
memory contexts information more easily.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Andres Freund, Daniel Gustafsson, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/72a656e0f71d0860161e0b3f67e4d771@oss.nttdata.com
Previous commits made it faster/more scalable to compute snapshots. But not
building a snapshot is still faster. Now that GetSnapshotData() does not
maintain RecentGlobal* anymore, that is actually not too hard:
This commit introduces xactCompletionCount, which tracks the number of
top-level transactions with xids (i.e. which may have modified the database)
that completed in some form since the start of the server.
We can avoid rebuilding the snapshot's contents whenever the current
xactCompletionCount is the same as it was when the snapshot was
originally built. Currently this check happens while holding
ProcArrayLock. While it's likely possible to perform the check without
acquiring ProcArrayLock, it seems better to do that separately /
later, some careful analysis is required. Even with the lock this is a
significant win on its own.
On a smaller two socket machine this gains another ~1.03x, on a larger
machine the effect is roughly double (earlier patch version tested
though). If we were able to safely avoid the lock there'd be another
significant gain on top of that.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
xact.h included utils/datetime.h, which cannot be used in the frontend
(it includes fmgr.h, which needs Datum). But xact.h only needs the
definition of TimestampTz from it, which is available directly in
datatypes/timestamp.h. Change xact.h to include that instead of
utils/datetime.h, so that it can be used in client programs.
The SimpleLruTruncate() header comment states the new coding rule. To
achieve this, add locktype "frozenid" and two LWLocks. This closes a
rare opportunity for data loss, which manifested as "apparent
wraparound" or "could not access status of transaction" errors. Data
loss is more likely in pg_multixact, due to released branches' thin
margin between multiStopLimit and multiWrapLimit. If a user's physical
replication primary logged ": apparent wraparound" messages, the user
should rebuild standbys of that primary regardless of symptoms. At less
risk is a cluster having emitted "not accepting commands" errors or
"must be vacuumed" warnings at some point. One can test a cluster for
this data loss by running VACUUM FREEZE in every database. Back-patch
to 9.5 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190218073103.GA1434723@rfd.leadboat.com
Up to now, upon receipt of a SIGTERM ("smart shutdown" command), the
postmaster has immediately killed all "optional" background processes,
and subsequently refused to launch new ones while it's waiting for
foreground client processes to exit. No doubt this seemed like an OK
policy at some point; but it's a pretty bad one now, because it makes
for a seriously degraded environment for the remaining clients:
* Parallel queries are killed, and new ones fail to launch. (And our
parallel-query infrastructure utterly fails to deal with the case
in a reasonable way --- it just hangs waiting for workers that are
not going to arrive. There is more work needed in that area IMO.)
* Autovacuum ceases to function. We can tolerate that for awhile,
but if bulk-update queries continue to run in the surviving client
sessions, there's eventually going to be a mess. In the worst case
the system could reach a forced shutdown to prevent XID wraparound.
* The bgwriter and walwriter are also stopped immediately, likely
resulting in performance degradation.
Hence, let's rearrange things so that the only immediate change in
behavior is refusing to let in new normal connections. Once the last
normal connection is gone, shut everything down as though we'd received
a "fast" shutdown. To implement this, remove the PM_WAIT_BACKUP and
PM_WAIT_READONLY states, instead staying in PM_RUN or PM_HOT_STANDBY
while normal connections remain. A subsidiary state variable tracks
whether or not we're letting in new connections in those states.
This also allows having just one copy of the logic for killing child
processes in smart and fast shutdown modes. I moved that logic into
PostmasterStateMachine() by inventing a new state PM_STOP_BACKENDS.
Back-patch to 9.6 where parallel query was added. In principle
this'd be a good idea in 9.5 as well, but the risk/reward ratio
is not as good there, since lack of autovacuum is not a problem
during typical uses of smart shutdown.
Per report from Bharath Rupireddy.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXAZ5vKxT9P7P89D87i3MDO9bfS+_bjMHgnWJs8uwUOOw@mail.gmail.com
Now that xmin isn't needed for GetSnapshotData() anymore, it leads to
unnecessary cacheline ping-pong to have it in PGXACT, as it is updated
considerably more frequently than the other PGXACT members.
After the changes in dc7420c2c9, this is a very straight-forward change.
For highly concurrent, snapshot acquisition heavy, workloads this change alone
can significantly increase scalability. E.g. plain pgbench on a smaller 2
socket machine gains 1.07x for read-only pgbench, 1.22x for read-only pgbench
when submitting queries in batches of 100, and 2.85x for batches of 100
'SELECT';. The latter numbers are obviously not to be expected in the
real-world, but micro-benchmark the snapshot computation
scalability (previously spending ~80% of the time in GetSnapshotData()).
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
Including Full in variable names duplicates the type information and
leads to overly long names. As FullTransactionId cannot accidentally
be casted to TransactionId that does not seem necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200724011143.jccsyvsvymuiqfxu@alap3.anarazel.de
They are equivalent, except that StrNCpy() zero-fills the entire
destination buffer instead of providing just one trailing zero. For
all but a tiny number of callers, that's just overhead rather than
being desirable.
Remove StrNCpy() as it is now unused.
In some cases, namestrcpy() is the more appropriate function to use.
While we're here, simplify the API of namestrcpy(): Remove the return
value, don't check for NULL input. Nothing was using that anyway.
Also, remove a few unused name-related functions.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/44f5e198-36f6-6cdb-7fa9-60e34784daae%402ndquadrant.com
This is useful for monitoring purposes with log parsing. Similarly to
pg_stat_activity, the leader's PID is shown only for active parallel
workers, minimizing the log footprint for the leaders as the equivalent
shared memory field is set as long as a backend is alive.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200315111831.GA21492@telsasoft.com
When reading the code it's not obvious when one should prefer dynahash
over simplehash and vice-versa, so, for programmer-friendliness, add
comments to inform that decision.
Show sample simplehash method signatures.
Author: James Coleman <jtc331@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe_dOF39gAJ8rL-a3YO3Qo96MHMRQ2whFjK5ZcU6YvMQSA%40mail.gmail.com
The new hlCover() algorithm that I introduced in commit c9b0c678d
turns out to potentially take O(N^2) or worse time on long documents,
if there are many occurrences of individual query words but few or no
substrings that actually satisfy the query. (One way to hit this
behavior is with a "common_word & rare_word" type of query.) This
seems unavoidable given the original goal of checking every substring
of the document, so we have to back off that idea. Fortunately, it
seems unlikely that anyone would really want headlines spanning all of
a long document, so we can avoid the worse-than-linear behavior by
imposing a maximum length of substring that we'll consider.
For now, just hard-wire that maximum length as a multiple of max_words
times max_fragments. Perhaps at some point somebody will argue for
exposing it as a ts_headline parameter, but I'm hesitant to make such
a feature addition in a back-patched bug fix.
I also noted that the hlFirstIndex() function I'd added in that
commit was unnecessarily stupid: it really only needs to check whether
a HeadlineWordEntry's item pointer is null or not. This wouldn't make
all that much difference in typical cases with queries having just
a few terms, but a cycle shaved is a cycle earned.
In addition, add a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS call in TS_execute_recurse.
This ensures that hlCover's loop is cancellable if it manages to take
a long time, and it may protect some other TS_execute callers as well.
Back-patch to 9.6 as the previous commit was. I also chose to add the
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS call to 9.5. The old hlCover() algorithm seems
to avoid the O(N^2) behavior, at least on the test case I tried, but
nonetheless it's not very quick on a long document.
Per report from Stephen Frost.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200724160535.GW12375@tamriel.snowman.net
Create an optional region in the main shared memory segment that can be
used to acquire and release "fast" DSM segments, and can benefit from
huge pages allocated at cluster startup time, if configured. Fall back
to the existing mechanisms when that space is full. The size is
controlled by a new GUC min_dynamic_shared_memory, defaulting to 0.
Main region DSM segments initially contain whatever garbage the memory
held last time they were used, rather than zeroes. That change revealed
that DSA areas failed to initialize themselves correctly in memory that
wasn't zeroed first, so fix that problem.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLAE2QBv-WgGp%2BD9P_J-%3Dyne3zof9nfMaqq1h3EGHFXYQ%40mail.gmail.com
Create LatchWaitSet at backend startup time, and use it to implement
WaitLatch(). This avoids repeated epoll/kqueue setup and teardown
system calls.
Reorder SubPostmasterMain() slightly so that we restore the postmaster
pipe and Windows signal emulation before we reach InitPostmasterChild(),
to make this work in EXEC_BACKEND builds.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJAC4Oqao%3DqforhNey20J8CiG2R%3DoBPqvfR0vOJrFysGw%40mail.gmail.com
Add a GUC that acts as a multiplier on work_mem. It gets applied when
sizing executor node hash tables that were previously size constrained
using work_mem alone.
The new GUC can be used to preferentially give hash-based nodes more
memory than the generic work_mem limit. It is intended to enable admin
tuning of the executor's memory usage. Overall system throughput and
system responsiveness can be improved by giving hash-based executor
nodes more memory (especially over sort-based alternatives, which are
often much less sensitive to being memory constrained).
The default value for hash_mem_multiplier is 1.0, which is also the
minimum valid value. This means that hash-based nodes continue to apply
work_mem in the traditional way by default.
hash_mem_multiplier is generally useful. However, it is being added now
due to concerns about hash aggregate performance stability for users
that upgrade to Postgres 13 (which added disk-based hash aggregation in
commit 1f39bce0). While the old hash aggregate behavior risked
out-of-memory errors, it is nevertheless likely that many users actually
benefited. Hash agg's previous indifference to work_mem during query
execution was not just faster; it also accidentally made aggregation
resilient to grouping estimate problems (at least in cases where this
didn't create destabilizing memory pressure).
hash_mem_multiplier can provide a certain kind of continuity with the
behavior of Postgres 12 hash aggregates in cases where the planner
incorrectly estimates that all groups (plus related allocations) will
fit in work_mem/hash_mem. This seems necessary because hash-based
aggregation is usually much slower when only a small fraction of all
groups can fit. Even when it isn't possible to totally avoid hash
aggregates that spill, giving hash aggregation more memory will reliably
improve performance (the same cannot be said for external sort
operations, which appear to be almost unaffected by memory availability
provided it's at least possible to get a single merge pass).
The PostgreSQL 13 release notes should advise users that increasing
hash_mem_multiplier can help with performance regressions associated
with hash aggregation. That can be taken care of by a later commit.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Álvaro Herrera, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200625203629.7m6yvut7eqblgmfo@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmD%2Bi1pG6rc1%2BCjc4V6EaFJ_qSuKCCHVnH%3DoruqD-zqow%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
Note: This GUC was originally named enable_hashagg_disk when it appeared
in commit 1f39bce0, which added disk-based hash aggregation. It was
subsequently renamed in commit 92c58fd9.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d9d1e1252a52ea1bad84ea40dbebfd54e672a0f.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch: 13-, where disk-based hash aggregation was introduced.
The initial implementation of leader_pid in pg_stat_activity added by
b025f32 took the approach to strictly print what a PGPROC entry
includes. In short, if a backend has been involved in parallel query at
least once, leader_pid would remain set as long as the backend is alive.
For a parallel group leader, this means that the field would always be
set after it participated at least once in parallel query, and after
more discussions this could be confusing if using for example a
connection pooler.
This commit changes the data printed so as leader_pid becomes always
NULL for a parallel group leader, showing up a non-NULL value only for
the parallel workers, and actually as long as a parallel query is
running as workers are shut down once the query has completed.
This does not change the definition of any catalog, so no catalog bump
is needed. Per discussion with Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera, Julien
Rouhaud and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200721035145.GB17300@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 13
It's fairly silly that ignoring NOT subexpressions is TS_execute's
default behavior. It's wrong on its face and it encourages errors
of omission. Moreover, the only two remaining callers that aren't
specifying CALC_NOT are in ts_headline calculations, and it's very
arguable that those are bugs: if you've specified "!foo" in your
query, why would you want to get a headline that includes "foo"?
Hence, rip that out and change the default behavior to be to calculate
NOT accurately. As a concession to the slim chance that there is still
somebody somewhere who needs the incorrect behavior, provide a new
SKIP_NOT flag to explicitly request that.
Back-patch into v13, mainly because it seems better to change this
at the same time as the previous commit's rejiggering of TS_execute
related APIs. Any outside callers affected by this change are
probably also affected by that one.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
Text search sometimes failed to find valid matches, for instance
'!crew:A'::tsquery might fail to locate 'crew:1B'::tsvector during
an index search. The root of the issue is that TS_execute's callback
functions were not changed to use ternary (yes/no/maybe) reporting
when we made the search logic itself do so. It's somewhat annoying
to break that API, but on the other hand we now see that any code
using plain boolean logic is almost certainly broken since the
addition of phrase search. There seem to be very few outside callers
of this code anyway, so we'll just break them intentionally to get
them to adapt.
This allows removal of tsginidx.c's private re-implementation of
TS_execute, since that's now entirely duplicative. It's also no
longer necessary to avoid use of CALC_NOT in tsgistidx.c, since
the underlying callbacks can now do something reasonable.
Back-patch into v13. We can't change this in stable branches,
but it seems not quite too late to fix it in v13.
Tom Lane and Pavel Borisov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALT9ZEE-aLotzBg-pOp2GFTesGWVYzXA3=mZKzRDa_OKnLF7Mg@mail.gmail.com
When wal_level=logical, write invalidations at command end into WAL so
that decoding can use this information.
This patch is required to allow the streaming of in-progress transactions
in logical decoding. The actual work to allow streaming will be committed
as a separate patch.
We still add the invalidations to the cache and write them to WAL at
commit time in RecordTransactionCommit(). This uses the existing
XLOG_INVALIDATIONS xlog record type, from the RM_STANDBY_ID resource
manager (see LogStandbyInvalidations for details).
So existing code relying on those invalidations (e.g. redo) does not need
to be changed.
The invalidations written at command end uses a new xlog record type
XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS, from RM_XACT_ID resource manager. See
LogLogicalInvalidations for details.
These new xlog records are ignored by existing redo procedures, which
still rely on the invalidations written to commit records.
The invalidations are decoded and accumulated in top-transaction, and then
executed during replay. This obviates the need to decode the
invalidations as part of a commit record.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_XACT_INVALIDATIONS.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Neha Sharma and Mahendra Singh Thalor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
Add infinities that behave the same as they do in the floating-point
data types. Aside from any intrinsic usefulness these may have,
this closes an important gap in our ability to convert floating
values to numeric and/or replace float-based APIs with numeric.
The new values are represented by bit patterns that were formerly
not used (although old code probably would take them for NaNs).
So there shouldn't be any pg_upgrade hazard.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dean Rasheed and Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/606717.1591924582@sss.pgh.pa.us
convutils.pm used implicit conversion of undefined value to integer
zero. Some of conversion scripts are susceptible to regexp greediness.
Fix, avoiding whitespace changes in the output. Also update ICU URLs
that moved.
No need to back-patch, because the output of these scripts is also in
the source tree so we shouldn't need to rerun them on back-branches.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyoga.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ7SEGLbj%3D%3DTQCcyKRA9aqj8%2B6L%3DexSq1y25TA%3DWxLziQ%40mail.gmail.com
Since commit 044c99bc5, eqjoinsel passes the passed-in collation
to any operators it invokes. However, neqjoinsel failed to pass
on whatever collation it got, so that if we invoked a
collation-dependent operator via that code path, we'd get "could not
determine which collation to use for string comparison" or the like.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. Back-patch to v12, like the previous
commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200721191606.GL5748@telsasoft.com
Rather than always insisting on an exact match of the type OID in the
data to the element type or column type we expect, complain only when
both OIDs fall within the manually-assigned range. This acknowledges
the reality that user-defined types don't have stable OIDs, while
still preserving some of the mistake-detection value of the old test.
(It's not entirely clear whether to error if one OID is manually
assigned and the other isn't. But perhaps that case could arise in
cross-version cases where a former extension type has been imported
into core, so I let it pass.)
This change allows us to remove the prohibition on binary transfer
of user-defined arrays and composites in the recently-landed support
for binary logical replication (commit 9de77b545). We can just
unconditionally drop that check, since if the client has asked for
binary transfer it must be >= v14 and must have this change.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HH+R3xMn=8t3Ct+uD+qJ1KD=Hbif5NFMJ+d5DkoCzp6Vgw@mail.gmail.com
Many situations where the offset is infinity were not handled sanely.
We should generally allow the val versus base +/- offset comparison to
proceed according to the normal rules of IEEE arithmetic; however, we
must do something special for the corner cases where base +/- offset
would produce NaN due to subtracting two like-signed infinities.
That corresponds to asking which values infinitely precede +inf or
infinitely follow -inf, which should certainly be true of any finite
value or of the opposite-signed infinity. After some discussion it
seems that the best decision is to make it true of the same-signed
infinity as well, ie, just return constant TRUE if the calculation
would produce a NaN.
(We could write this with a bit less code by subtracting anyway,
and then checking for a NaN result. However, I prefer this
formulation because it'll be easier to transpose into numeric.c.)
Although this seems like clearly a bug fix with respect to finite
values, it is less obviously correct for infinite values. Between
that and the fact that the whole issue only arises for very strange
window specifications (e.g. RANGE BETWEEN 'inf' PRECEDING AND 'inf'
PRECEDING), I'll desist from back-patching.
Noted by Dean Rasheed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3393130.1594925893@sss.pgh.pa.us
max_slot_wal_keep_size that was added in v13 and wal_keep_segments are
the GUC parameters to specify how much WAL files to retain for
the standby servers. While max_slot_wal_keep_size accepts the number of
bytes of WAL files, wal_keep_segments accepts the number of WAL files.
This difference of setting units between those similar parameters could
be confusing to users.
To alleviate this situation, this commit renames wal_keep_segments to
wal_keep_size, and make users specify the WAL size in it instead of
the number of WAL files.
There was also the idea to rename max_slot_wal_keep_size to
max_slot_wal_keep_segments, in the discussion. But we have been moving
away from measuring in segments, for example, checkpoint_segments was
replaced by max_wal_size. So we concluded to rename wal_keep_segments
to wal_keep_size.
Back-patch to v13 where max_slot_wal_keep_size was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/574b4ea3-e0f9-b175-ead2-ebea7faea855@oss.nttdata.com
There was no easy way to find how many times generic and custom plans
have been executed for a prepared statement. This commit exposes those
numbers of times in pg_prepared_statements view.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Tatsuro Yamada, Masahiro Ikeda, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYHZ4M=NZpofH6JuPHeX=__5xcDELF8hT8_2T+R55w4RQw@mail.gmail.com
When using the following functions, users could see various types of
errors of the type "cache lookup failed for OID XXX" with elog(), that
can only be used for internal errors:
* pg_describe_object()
* pg_identify_object()
* pg_identify_object_as_address()
The set of APIs managing object addresses for all object types are made
smarter by gaining a new argument "missing_ok" that allows any caller to
control if an error is raised or not on an undefined object. The SQL
functions listed above are changed to handle the case where an object is
missing.
Regression tests are added for all object types for the cases where
these are undefined. Before this commit, these cases failed with cache
lookup errors, and now they basically return NULL (minus the name of the
object type requested).
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
Three groups of issues needed to be addressed:
load_external_function() and related functions returned PGFunction,
even though not necessarily all callers are looking for a function of
type PGFunction. Since these functions are really just wrappers
around dlsym(), change to return void * just like dlsym().
In dynahash.c, we are using strlcpy() where a function with a
signature like memcpy() is expected. This should be safe, as the new
comment there explains, but the cast needs to be augmented to avoid
the warning.
In PL/Python, methods all need to be cast to PyCFunction, per Python
API, but this now runs afoul of these warnings. (This issue also
exists in core CPython.)
To fix the second and third case, we add a new type pg_funcptr_t that
is defined specifically so that gcc accepts it as a special function
pointer that can be cast to any other function pointer without the
warning.
Also add -Wcast-function-type to the standard warning flags, subject
to configure check.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1e97628e-6447-b4fd-e230-d109cec2d584%402ndquadrant.com
SQL standard doesn't define numeric Inf or NaN values. It appears even more
ridiculous to support then in jsonpath assuming JSON doesn't support these
values as well. This commit forbids returning NaN from .double(), which was
previously allowed. NaN can't be result of inner-jsonpath computation over
non-NaNs. So, we can not expect NaN in the jsonpath output.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/203949.1591879542%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 12
When jsonpath .double() method detects that numeric or string can't be
converted to double precision, it throws an error. This commit makes these
errors explicitly express the reason of failure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdtqJtiSXkP7tOXez18NxhLUH_-75bL8%3DOce4Ki%2Bbv7V6Q%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 12
Due to not having our signals straight about CRLF vs. LF line
termination, the output of pg_current_logfile() included a trailing
\r on Windows. To fix, force the file descriptor it uses into text
mode.
While here, move a couple of local variable declarations to make
the function's logic clearer.
In v12 and v13, also back-patch the test added by 1c4e88e2f so that
this function has some test coverage. However, the 004_logrotate.pl
test script doesn't exist before v12, and it didn't seem worth adding
to older branches just for this.
Per report from Thomas Kellerer. Back-patch to v10 where this
function was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/412ae8da-76bb-640f-039a-f3513499e53d@gmx.net
Commit f7f70d5e2 left one inconsistency behind: we're still creating
pg_type entries for the composite types of sequences and toast tables,
but not arrays over those composites. But there seems precious little
reason to have named composite types for toast tables, and not much more
to have them for sequences (especially given the thought that sequences
may someday not be standalone relations at all).
So, let's close that inconsistency by removing these composite types,
rather than adding arrays for them. This buys back a little bit of
the initial pg_type bloat added by the previous patch, and could be
a significant savings in a large database with many toast tables.
Aside from a small logic rearrangement in heap_create_with_catalog,
this patch mostly needs to clean up some places that were assuming that
pg_class.reltype always has a valid value. Those are really pre-existing
bugs, given that it's documented otherwise; notably, the plpgsql changes
fix code that gives "cache lookup failed for type 0" on indexes today.
But none of these seem interesting enough to back-patch.
Also, remove the pg_dump/pg_upgrade infrastructure for propagating
a toast table's pg_type OID into the new database, since we no longer
need that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/761F1389-C6A8-4C15-80CE-950C961F5341@gmail.com
This introduces a new set of extended routines for procedure and
operator name lookups, with a flag bitmask argument that can modify the
result. The following options are available:
- Force schema qualification, ignoring search_path. This is similar to
the existing option for format_{operator|procedure}_qualified().
- Force NULL as result instead of a numeric OID for an undefined
object. This option is new.
This is a refactoring similar to 1185c78, that will be used for a future
patch to improve the SQL functions providing information using object
addresses for undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
If a type scanned is undefined, type format routines have two behaviors
depending on if FORMAT_TYPE_ALLOW_INVALID is used by the caller or not:
- Issue a cache lookup error
- Return an undefined type name "???", "???[]" or "-"
The current interface is not really helpful for callers willing to
format properly a type name, but still make sure that the type is
defined as there could be types matching the strings generated when
looking for an undefined type, even if that should not be a problem in
practice. In order to counter that, add a new flag called
FORMAT_TYPE_INVALID_AS_NULL that returns a NULL result instead of "???
or "-" which does not generate an error. This flag will be used in a
follow-up patch improving the set of SQL functions showing information
for object addresses when it comes to undefined objects.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Dmitry Dolgov, Daniel Gustafsson,
Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqSZxrSmdHK-rny7z8mi=EAFXJ5J-0RbzDw6aus=wB5azQ@mail.gmail.com
The cfbot and some BF animals are complaining about the previous
read_binary_file commit because of ignoring return value of ‘fread’.
So let's make everyone happy by testing the return value even though
not strictly needed.
Reported by Justin Pryzby, and suggested patch by Tom Lane. Backpatched
to v11 same as the previous commit.
Reported-By: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/969b8d82-5bb2-5fa8-4eb1-f0e685c5d736%40joeconway.com
Backpatch-through: 11
read_binary_file(), used by SQL functions pg_read_file() and friends,
uses stat to determine file length to read, when not passed an explicit
length as an argument. This is problematic, for example, if the file
being read is a virtual file with a stat-reported length of zero.
Arrange to read until EOF, or StringInfo data string lenth limit, is
reached instead.
Original complaint and patch by me, with significant review, corrections,
advice, and code optimizations by Tom Lane. Backpatched to v11. Prior to
that only paths relative to the data and log dirs were allowed for files,
so no "zero length" files were reachable anyway.
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/969b8d82-5bb2-5fa8-4eb1-f0e685c5d736%40joeconway.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Do the same for the maintenance_work_mem global variable.
Oversight in commit 848ae330a4, which increased the previous defaults
for work_mem and maintenance_work_mem by 4X.
Commit 54cd4f045 added some kluges to work around an old glibc bug,
namely that %.*s could misbehave if glibc thought any characters in
the supplied string were incorrectly encoded. Now that we use our
own snprintf.c implementation, we need not worry about that bug (even
if it still exists in the wild). Revert a couple of particularly
ugly hacks, and remove or improve assorted comments.
Note that there can still be encoding-related hazards here: blindly
clipping at a fixed length risks producing wrongly-encoded output
if the clip splits a multibyte character. However, code that's
doing correct multibyte-aware clipping doesn't really need a comment
about that, while code that isn't needs an explanation why not,
rather than a red-herring comment about an obsolete bug.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/279428.1593373684@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since %c only passes a C "char" to printf, it's incapable of dealing
with multibyte characters. Passing just the first byte of such a
character leads to an output string that is visibly not correctly
encoded, resulting in undesirable behavior such as encoding conversion
failures while sending error messages to clients.
We've lived with this issue for a long time because it was inconvenient
to avoid in a portable fashion. However, now that we always use our own
snprintf code, it's reasonable to use the %.*s format to print just one
possibly-multibyte character in a string. (We previously avoided that
obvious-looking answer in order to work around glibc's bug #6530, cf
commits 54cd4f045 and ed437e2b2.)
Hence, run around and fix a bunch of places that used %c to report
a character found in a user-supplied string. For simplicity, I did
not touch places that were emitting non-user-facing debug messages,
or reporting catalog data that should always be ASCII. (It's also
unclear how useful this approach could be in frontend code, where
it's less certain that we know what encoding we're dealing with.)
In passing, improve a couple of poorly-written error messages in
pageinspect/heapfuncs.c.
This is a longstanding issue, but I'm hesitant to back-patch because
of the impact on translatable message strings. In any case this fix
would not work reliably before v12.
Tom Lane and Quan Zongliang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a120087c-4c88-d9d4-1ec5-808d7a7f133d@gmail.com
I failed to notice that we don't really need to check for y being an
integer in the code path where x = -inf; we already did.
Also make some further cosmetic rearrangements in that spot in hopes
of dodging the seeming compiler bug that buildfarm member fossa is
hitting. And be consistent about declaring variables as "float8"
not "double", since the pre-existing variables in this function are
like that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1jkyFX-0005RR-1Q@gemulon.postgresql.org
Convert buffile.c error handling to use ereport. This fixes cases where
I/O errors were indistinguishable from EOF or not reported. Also remove
"%m" from error messages where errno would be bogus. While we're
modifying those strings, add block numbers and short read byte counts
where appropriate.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Reported-by: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJE04G%3D8TLK0DLypT_27D9dR8F1RQgNp0jK6qR0tZGWOw%40mail.gmail.com
Buildfarm results for commit e532b1d57 reveal the error in my thinking
about the unexpected-EDOM case. I'd supposed this was no longer really
a live issue, but it seems the fix for glibc's bug #3866 is not all that
old, and we still have at least one buildfarm animal (lapwing) with the
bug. Hence, resurrect essentially the previous logic (but, I hope, less
opaquely presented), and explain what it is we're really doing here.
Also, blindly try to fix fossa's failure by tweaking the logic that
figures out whether y is an odd integer when x is -inf. This smells
a whole lot like a compiler bug, but I lack access to icc to try to
pin it down. Maybe doing division instead of multiplication will
dodge the issue.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1jkU7H-00024V-NZ@gemulon.postgresql.org
Buildfarm results for commit decbe2bfb show that AIX and illumos
have non-POSIX-compliant pow() functions, as do ancient NetBSD
and HPUX releases. While it's dubious how much we should care
about the latter two platforms, the former two are probably enough
reason to put in manual handling of infinite-input cases. Hence,
do so, and clean up the post-pow() error handling to reflect its
now-more-limited scope. (Notably, while we no longer expect to
ever see EDOM from pow(), report it as a domain error if we do.
The former coding had the net effect of expensively converting the
error to ERANGE, which seems highly questionable: if pow() wanted
to report ERANGE, it would have done so.)
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1jkU7H-00024V-NZ@gemulon.postgresql.org
Previously, these functions tended to throw underflow errors for
negative-infinity exponents. The correct thing per POSIX is to
return 0, so let's do that instead. (Note that the SQL standard
is silent on such issues, as it lacks the concepts of either Inf
or NaN; so our practice is to follow POSIX whenever a corresponding
C-library function exists.)
Also, add a bunch of test cases verifying that exp() and power()
actually do follow POSIX for Inf and NaN inputs. While this patch
should guarantee that exp() passes the tests, power() will not unless
the platform's pow(3) is fully POSIX-compliant. I already know that
gaur fails some of the tests, and I am suspicious that the Windows
animals will too; the extent of compliance of other old platforms
remains to be seen. We might choose to drop failing test cases, or
to work harder at overriding pow(3) for these cases, but first let's
see just how good or bad the situation is.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/582552.1591917752@sss.pgh.pa.us
var_samp(numeric) and stddev_samp(numeric) disagreed with their float
cousins about what to do for a single non-null input value that is NaN.
The float versions return NULL on the grounds that the calculation is
only defined for more than one non-null input, which seems like the
right answer. But the numeric versions returned NaN, as a result of
dealing with edge cases in the wrong order. Fix that. The patch
also gets rid of an insignificant memory leak in such cases.
This inconsistency is of long standing, but on the whole it seems best
not to back-patch the change into stable branches; nobody's complained
and it's such an obscure point that nobody's likely to complain.
(Note that v13 and v12 now contain test cases that will notice if we
accidentally back-patch this behavior change in future.)
Report and patch by me; thanks to Dean Rasheed for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/353062.1591898766@sss.pgh.pa.us
When there is just one non-null input value, and it is infinity or NaN,
aggregates such as stddev_pop and covar_pop should produce a NaN
result, because the calculation is not well-defined. They used to do
so, but since we adopted Youngs-Cramer aggregation in commit e954a727f,
they produced zero instead. That's an oversight, so fix it. Add tests
exercising these edge cases.
Affected aggregates are
var_pop(double precision)
stddev_pop(double precision)
var_pop(real)
stddev_pop(real)
regr_sxx(double precision,double precision)
regr_syy(double precision,double precision)
regr_sxy(double precision,double precision)
regr_r2(double precision,double precision)
regr_slope(double precision,double precision)
regr_intercept(double precision,double precision)
covar_pop(double precision,double precision)
corr(double precision,double precision)
Back-patch to v12 where the behavior change was accidentally introduced.
Report and patch by me; thanks to Dean Rasheed for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/353062.1591898766@sss.pgh.pa.us
Core by no means makes excessive use of these functions, but quite a large
number of those usages do require the caller to call strlen() on the
returned string. This is quite wasteful since these functions do already
have a good idea of the length of the string, so we might as well just
have them return that.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrm2A5x2uHYxsqriO2cUaGcFvND%2BksC9e7Tjep0t2RK_A%40mail.gmail.com
In passing, also remove a few surplus empty lines from pg_ltoa and
pg_ulltoa_n in numutils.c
Reported-by: Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87y2ou3xuh.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Backpatch-through: 13, where these changes were introduced
When merging two NumericAggStates, the code missed adding the new
state's NaNcount unless its N was also nonzero; since those counts
are independent, this is wrong.
This would only have visible effect if some partial aggregate scans
found only NaNs while earlier ones found only non-NaNs; then we could
end up falsely deciding that there were no NaNs and fail to return a
NaN final result as expected. That's pretty improbable, so it's no
surprise this hasn't been reported from the field. Still, it's a bug.
I didn't try to produce a regression test that would show the bug,
but I did notice that these functions weren't being reached at all
in our regression tests, so I improved the tests to at least
exercise them. With these additions, I see pretty complete code
coverage on the aggregation-related functions in numeric.c.
Back-patch to 9.6 where this code was introduced. (I only added
the improved test case as far back as v10, though, since the
relevant part of aggregates.sql isn't there at all in 9.6.)
Eliminate enable_groupingsets_hash_disk, which was primarily useful
for testing grouping sets that use HashAgg and spill. Instead, hack
the table stats to convince the planner to choose hashed aggregation
for grouping sets that will spill to disk. Suggested by Melanie
Plageman.
Rename enable_hashagg_disk to hashagg_avoid_disk_plan, and invert the
meaning of on/off. The new name indicates more strongly that it only
affects the planner. Also, the word "avoid" is less definite, which
should avoid surprises when HashAgg still needs to use the
disk. Change suggested by Justin Pryzby, though I chose a different
GUC name.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aisiENMsPM2gC4oUY1hHG3yrCwY-fXUg22C6_MJUwQdA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200610021544.GA14879@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 13
The previous description string still described the pre-PostgreSQL
10 (pre eb61136dc7) behavior of
selecting between encrypted and unencrypted, but it is now choosing
between encryption algorithms.
Commit 24d85952 made a change that indirectly caused a performance
regression by triggering a change in the way GCC optimizes memcpy() on
some platforms.
The behavior seemed to contradict a GCC document, so I filed a report:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=95556
This patch implements a narrow workaround which eliminates the
regression I observed. The workaround is benign enough that it seems
unlikely to cause a different regression on another platform.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99b2eab335c1592c925d8143979c8e9e81e1575f.camel@j-davis.com
ineq_histogram_selectivity() can be invoked in situations where the
ordering we care about is not that of the column's histogram. We could
be considering some other collation, or even more drastically, the
query operator might not agree at all with what was used to construct
the histogram. (We'll get here for anything using scalarineqsel-based
estimators, so that's quite likely to happen for extension operators.)
Up to now we just ignored this issue and assumed we were dealing with
an operator/collation whose sort order exactly matches the histogram,
possibly resulting in junk estimates if the binary search gets confused.
It's past time to improve that, since the use of nondefault collations
is increasing. What we can do is verify that the given operator and
collation match what's recorded in pg_statistic, and use the existing
code only if so. When they don't match, instead execute the operator
against each histogram entry, and take the fraction of successes as our
selectivity estimate. This gives an estimate that is probably good to
about 1/histogram_size, with no assumptions about ordering. (The quality
of the estimate is likely to degrade near the ends of the value range,
since the two orderings probably don't agree on what is an extremal value;
but this is surely going to be more reliable than what we did before.)
At some point we might further improve matters by storing more than one
histogram calculated according to different orderings. But this code
would still be good fallback logic when no matches exist, so that is
not an argument for not doing this.
While here, also improve get_variable_range() to deal more honestly
with non-default collations.
This isn't back-patchable, because it requires adding another argument
to ineq_histogram_selectivity, and because it might have significant
impact on the estimation results for extension operators relying on
scalarineqsel --- mostly for the better, one hopes, but in any case
destabilizing plan choices in back branches is best avoided.
Per investigation of a report from James Lucas.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5e0928005 changed the planner so that, instead of blindly using
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID when invoking operators for selectivity estimation,
it would use the collation of the column whose statistics we're
considering. This was recognized as still being not quite the right
thing, but it seemed like a good incremental improvement. However,
shortly thereafter we introduced nondeterministic collations, and that
creates cases where operators can fail if they're passed the wrong
collation. We don't want planning to fail in cases where the query itself
would work, so this means that we *must* use the query's collation when
invoking operators for estimation purposes.
The only real problem this creates is in ineq_histogram_selectivity, where
the binary search might produce a garbage answer if we perform comparisons
using a different collation than the column's histogram is ordered with.
However, when the query's collation is significantly different from the
column's default collation, the estimate we previously generated would be
pretty irrelevant anyway; so it's not clear that this will result in
noticeably worse estimates in practice. (A follow-on patch will improve
this situation in HEAD, but it seems too invasive for back-patch.)
The patch requires changing the signatures of mcv_selectivity and allied
functions, which are exported and very possibly are used by extensions.
In HEAD, I just did that, but an API/ABI break of this sort isn't
acceptable in stable branches. Therefore, in v12 the patch introduces
"mcv_selectivity_ext" and so on, with signatures matching HEAD, and makes
the old functions into wrappers that assume DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID should
be used. That does not match the prior behavior, but it should avoid risk
of failure in most cases. (In practice, I think most extension datatypes
aren't collation-aware, so the change probably doesn't matter to them.)
Per report from James Lucas. Back-patch to v12 where the problem was
introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAFmbbOvfi=wMM=3qRsPunBSLb8BFREno2oOzSBS=mzfLPKABw@mail.gmail.com
It's intentional that we don't allow values greater than 24 hours,
while we do allow "24:00:00" as well as "23:59:60" as inputs.
However, the range check was miscoded in such a way that it would
accept "23:59:60.nnn" with a nonzero fraction. For time or timetz,
the stored result would then be greater than "24:00:00" which would
fail dump/reload, not to mention possibly confusing other operations.
Fix by explicitly calculating the result and making sure it does not
exceed 24 hours. (This calculation is redundant with what will happen
later in tm2time or tm2timetz. Maybe someday somebody will find that
annoying enough to justify refactoring to avoid the duplication; but
that seems too invasive for a back-patched bug fix, and the cost is
probably unmeasurable anyway.)
Note that this change also rejects such input as the time portion
of a timestamp(tz) value.
Back-patch to v10. The bug is far older, but to change this pre-v10
we'd need to ensure that the logic behaves sanely with float timestamps,
which is possibly nontrivial due to roundoff considerations.
Doesn't really seem worth troubling with.
Per report from Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200520125807.GB296739@msg.df7cb.de
This issue has been present since the introduction of this code as of
a3519a2 from 2002, and has been found by buildfarm member prion that
uses RELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE via the tests introduced recently in
e786be5.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200601022055.GB4121@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 9.5
A relation that has no storage initializes rd_tableam to NULL, which
caused those two functions to crash because of a pointer dereference.
Note that in 11 and older versions, this has always failed with a
confusing error "could not open file".
These two functions are used by the Postgres ODBC driver, which requires
them only when connecting to a backend strictly older than 8.1. When
connected to 8.2 or a newer version, the driver uses a RETURNING clause
instead whose support has been added in 8.2, so it should be possible to
just remove both functions in the future. This is left as an issue to
address later.
While on it, add more regression tests for those functions as we never
really had coverage for them, and for aggregates of TIDs.
Reported-by: Jaime Casanova, via sqlsmith
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeO93u-5APMga6WH41eTZ3Uee9f3s8dCpA-GSSqNs1b=Ug@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
The repeat() function loops for potentially a long time without
ever checking for interrupts. This prevents, for example, a query
cancel from interrupting until the work is all done. Fix by
inserting a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into the loop.
Backpatch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8692553c-7fe8-17d9-cbc1-7cddb758f4c6%40joeconway.com
Disk-based HashAgg relies on writing to multiple tapes
concurrently. Avoid fragmentation of the tapes' blocks by
preallocating many blocks for a tape at once. No file operations are
performed during preallocation; only the block numbers are reserved.
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200519151202.u2p2gpiawoaznsv2%40development
Thomas Munro fixed a longstanding annoyance in pg_bsd_indent, that
it would misformat lines containing IsA() macros on the assumption
that the IsA() call should be treated like a cast. This improves
some other cases involving field/variable names that match typedefs,
too. The only places that get worse are a couple of uses of the
OpenSSL macro STACK_OF(); we'll gladly take that trade-off.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114221814.GA19630@alvherre.pgsql
It's just weird that this name wasn't chosen to look like an
identifier. The suspicion that it wasn't thought about too
hard is reinforced by the fact that it wasn't documented in
the pg_locks view (until I did so, a day or two back).
Update, and add a comment reminding future adjusters of this
array to fix the docs too.
Do some desultory wordsmithing on various entries in the wait
events tables.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24595.1589326879@sss.pgh.pa.us
Choose names that fit into the conventions for wait event names
(particularly, that multi-word names are in the style MultiWordName)
and hopefully convey more information to non-hacker users than the
previous names did.
Also rename SerializablePredicateLockListLock to
SerializablePredicateListLock; the old name was long enough to cause
table formatting problems, plus the double occurrence of "Lock" seems
confusing/error-prone.
Also change a couple of particularly opaque LWLock field names.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Originally, the names assigned to SLRUs had no purpose other than
being shmem lookup keys, so not a lot of thought went into them.
As of v13, though, we're exposing them in the pg_stat_slru view and
the pg_stat_reset_slru function, so it seems advisable to take a bit
more care. Rename them to names based on the associated on-disk
storage directories (which fortunately we *did* think about, to some
extent; since those are also visible to DBAs, consistency seems like
a good thing). Also rename the associated LWLocks, since those names
are likewise user-exposed now as wait event names.
For the most part I only touched symbols used in the respective modules'
SimpleLruInit() calls, not the names of other related objects. This
renaming could have been taken further, and maybe someday we will do so.
But for now it seems undesirable to change the names of any globally
visible functions or structs, so some inconsistency is unavoidable.
(But I *did* terminate "oldserxid" with prejudice, as I found that
name both unreadable and not descriptive of the SLRU's contents.)
Table 27.12 needs re-alphabetization now, but I'll leave that till
after the other LWLock renamings I have in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28683.1589405363@sss.pgh.pa.us
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.
Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
Visual Studio 2015 and later versions should still be able to do the same
as Visual Studio 2012, but the declaration of locale_name is missing in
_locale_t, causing the code compilation to fail, hence this falls back
instead on to enumerating all system locales by using EnumSystemLocalesEx
to find the required locale name. If the input argument is in Unix-style
then we can get ISO Locale name directly by using GetLocaleInfoEx() with
LCType as LOCALE_SNAME.
In passing, change the documentation references of the now obsolete links.
Note that this problem occurs only with NLS enabled builds.
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Davinder Singh and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHzhFSFoJEWezR96um4-rg5W6m2Rj9Ud2CNZvV4NWc9tXV7aXQ@mail.gmail.com
The additional pain from level 4 is excessive for the gain.
Also revert all the source annotation changes to their original
wordings, to avoid back-patching pain.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31166.1589378554@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of re-identifying which statistics bucket to use for a given
SLRU on every counter increment, do it once during shmem initialization.
This saves a fair number of cycles, and there's no real cost because
we could not have a bucket assignment that varies over time or across
backends anyway.
Also, get rid of the ill-considered decision to let pgstat.c pry
directly into SLRU's shared state; it's cleaner just to have slru.c
pass the stats bucket number.
In consequence of these changes, there's no longer any need to store
an SLRU's LWLock tranche info in shared memory, so get rid of that,
making this a net reduction in shmem consumption. (That partly
reverts fe702a7b3.)
This is basically code review for 28cac71bd, so I also cleaned up
some comments, removed a dangling extern declaration, fixed some
things that should be static and/or const, etc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3618.1589313035@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit changes pg_stat_get_slru() so that it uses
TimestampTzGetDatum() for stats_reset field because that field
stores the timestamp with time zone value. Previously
Int64GetDatum() was used.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b8784fe6-1401-ab35-aa14-d57b5bb8e312@oss.nttdata.com
Use it at level 4, a bit more restrictive than the default level, and
tweak our commanding comments to FALLTHROUGH.
(However, leave zic.c alone, since it's external code; to avoid the
warnings that would appear there, change CFLAGS for that file in the
Makefile.)
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200412081825.qyo5vwwco3fv4gdo@nol
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/E1fDenm-0000C8-IJ@gemulon.postgresql.org
checkcondition_str() failed to report multiple matches for a prefix
pattern correctly: it would dutifully merge the match positions, but
then after exiting that loop, if the last prefix-matching word had
had no suitable positions, it would report there were no matches.
The upshot would be failing to recognize a match that the query
should match.
It looks like you need all of these conditions to see the bug:
* a phrase search (else we don't ask for match position details)
* a prefix search item (else we don't get to this code)
* a weight restriction (else checkclass_str won't fail)
Noted while investigating a problem report from Pavel Borisov,
though this is distinct from the issue he was on about.
Back-patch to 9.6 where phrase search was added.
Writing a trailing semicolon in a macro is almost never the right thing,
because you almost always want to write a semicolon after each macro
call instead. (Even if there was some reason to prefer not to, pgindent
would probably make a hash of code formatted that way; so within PG the
rule should basically be "don't do it".) Thus, if we have a semi inside
the macro, the compiler sees "something;;". Much of the time the extra
empty statement is harmless, but it could lead to mysterious syntax
errors at call sites. In perhaps an overabundance of neatnik-ism, let's
run around and get rid of the excess semicolons whereever possible.
The only thing worse than a mysterious syntax error is a mysterious
syntax error that only happens in the back branches; therefore,
backpatch these changes where relevant, which is most of them because
most of these mistakes are old. (The lack of reported problems shows
that this is largely a hypothetical issue, but still, it could bite
us in some future patch.)
John Naylor and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCs0qWTqJ2QUSGJ07B7uvAvzMb-KbG2q+oo+J3tsWN5cqw@mail.gmail.com
Queries such as '!(foo<->bar)' failed to find matching rows when
implemented as a GiST or GIN index search. That's because of
failing to handle phrase searches as tri-valued when considering
a query without any position information for the target tsvector.
We can only say that the phrase operator might match, not that it
does match; and therefore its NOT also might match. The previous
coding incorrectly inverted the approximate phrase result to
decide that there was certainly no match.
To fix, we need to make TS_phrase_execute return a real ternary result,
and then bubble that up accurately in TS_execute. As long as we have
to do that anyway, we can simplify the baroque things TS_phrase_execute
was doing internally to manage tri-valued searching with only a bool
as explicit result.
For now, I left the externally-visible result of TS_execute as a plain
bool. There do not appear to be any outside callers that need to
distinguish a three-way result, given that they passed in a flag
saying what to do in the absence of position data. This might need
to change someday, but we wouldn't want to back-patch such a change.
Although tsginidx.c has its own TS_execute_ternary implementation for
use at upper index levels, that sadly managed to get this case wrong
as well :-(. Fixing it is a lot easier fortunately.
Per bug #16388 from Charles Offenbacher. Back-patch to 9.6 where
phrase search was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16388-98cffba38d0b7e6e@postgresql.org
In the footsteps of aaf069aa3, remove ACLDEBUG, which was the only
other remaining undocumented symbol in pg_config_manual.h. The fact
that nobody had bothered to document it in seventeen years is a good
clue to its usefulness. In practice, none of the tracing logic it
enabled would be of any value without additional effort.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6631.1587565046@sss.pgh.pa.us
Nobody really uses this stuff, especially not since we created
valgrind-based infrastructure that does the same thing better.
It is thus unsurprising that the generation.c and slab.c versions
were actually broken. Rather than fix 'em, let's just remove 'em.
Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8936216c-3492-3f6e-634b-d638fddc5f91@gmail.com
Working on commit 1c455078b led me to check through FunctionCallInvoke
call sites to see if every one was being honest about (a) making sure
that fcinfo.isnull is initially false, and (b) checking its state after
the call. Sure enough, I found some violations.
The main one is that finalize_partialaggregate re-used serialfn_fcinfo
without resetting isnull, even though it clearly intends to cater for
serialfns that return NULL. There would only be an issue with a
non-strict serialfn, since it's unlikely that a serialfn would return
NULL for non-null input. We have no non-strict serialfns in core, and
there may be none in the wild either, which would account for the lack
of complaints. Still, it's clearly wrong, so back-patch that fix to
9.6 where finalize_partialaggregate was introduced.
Also, arrayfuncs.c and rowtypes.c contained various callers that were
not bothering to check for result nulls. While what's being called is
a comparison or hash function that probably *shouldn't* return null,
that's a lousy excuse for not having any check at all. There are
existing places that just Assert(!fcinfo->isnull) in comparable
situations, so I added that to the places that were calling btree
comparison or hash support functions. In the places calling
boolean-returning equality functions, it's quite cheap to have them
treat isnull as FALSE, so make those places do that. Also remove some
"locfcinfo->isnull = false" assignments that are unnecessary given the
assumption that no previous call returned null. These changes seem like
mostly neatnik-ism or debugging support, so I didn't back-patch.
Although selfuncs.c will never call a target operator with null inputs,
some functions might return null anyway. The existing coding will fail
if that happens (since FunctionCall2Coll will punt), which seems
undesirable given that matchingsel() has such a broad range of potential
applicability --- in fact, we already have a problem because we apply it
to jsonb_path_exists_opr, which can return null. Hence, rejigger the
underlying functions mcv_selectivity and histogram_selectivity to cope,
treating a null result as false.
While we are at it, we can move the InitFunctionCallInfoData overhead
out of the inner loops, which isn't a huge number of cycles but might
save something considering we are likely calling functions as cheap
as int4eq(). Plus, the number of loop cycles to be expected is much
more than it was when this code was written, since typical settings
of default_statistics_target are higher.
In view of that consideration, let's apply the same change to
var_eq_const, eqjoinsel_inner, and eqjoinsel_semi. We do not expect
equality functions to ever return null for non-null inputs (and
certainly that code has been that way a long time without complaints),
but the cycle savings seem attractive, especially in the eqjoinsel loops
where there's potentially an O(N^2) savings.
Similar code exists in ineq_histogram_selectivity and
get_variable_range, but I forebore from changing those for now.
The performance argument for changing ineq_histogram_selectivity
is really weak anyway, since that will only iterate log2(N) times.
Nikita Glukhov and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d3b0959-95d6-c37e-2c0b-287bcfe5c705@postgrespro.ru
The views pg_stat_progress_* had not gotten the memo that
pg_read_all_stats is supposed to be able to read all statistics. Also
make a pass over all text-returning pg_stat_xyz functions that could
return "insufficient privilege" and make sure they also respect
pg_read_all_status.
Reported-by: Andrey M. Borodin
Reviewed-by: Andrey M. Borodin, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13145F2F-8458-4977-9D2D-7B2E862E5722@yandex-team.ru
We've had a mixture of the warnings pragma, the -w switch on the shebang
line, and no warnings at all. This patch removes the -w swicth and add
the warnings pragma to all perl sources missing it. It raises the
severity of the TestingAndDebugging::RequireUseWarnings perlcritic
policy to level 5, so that we catch any future violations.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200412074245.GB623763@rfd.leadboat.com
To control whether partition changes are replicated using their own
identity and schema or an ancestor's, add a new parameter that can be
set per publication named 'publish_via_partition_root'.
This allows replicating a partitioned table into a different partition
structure on the subscriber.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
